WQ0042646_More Information (Received)_20210910

41-71'0'3`nrestinge'
-145
34
-117
6A
39
- 086
108 Foxton Rdio8 Foxton Rd
•
-082
-163
-148
2407 Cher
•240
-156
30
25
-139
2404 Che
•2404 C
rywood Ln
errywood Ln
• A•
143 Providence Place
2401 Cherrywo
ood Ln21 •8403 Foxbri
Cherrywood Ln
- 142
22
-141
3508 H
•3508
DRIVE
-130
23
ridge Dr8314 Foxbridge Dr
• -120
d Ln
ge
8407 Foxbridge
•
8407 Foxbridge
8411 Foxbridge
•8411 Fox
-140 24
neysuckle Dr 8415 Foxbridge
oneysuckle Dr •8415 Foxbri
- 129 16
8503 •F8D5Oral
rid
;OP,
9
-20A 10
68404 Foxbridge Dr
e
Dr
• rid
0
e Dr
11
-120
12
13
14
200 Foxton Rd200 Foxton
•
- 085
Wellington Woo
-84B
40C
-083
084 201 Foxton Rd
•
201 Foxton Rd
40A
209 Foxton Rd2o9 Foxton
•
-84A
40B
- 074 33
- 073
-075
-07
34

Mokashi, Poorva
From: Mark Lemmond <[e-mail]>
Sent: Monday, August 2, 2021 3:51 PM
To: '[e-mail]'
Subject: Address
Attachments: 8404.pdf
The given address for parcel 06066120A is 8404 Foxbridge Drive.
Mark Lemmond
Senior GIS Specialist
Union County Government
Tax Administration
500 N. Main St.
Suite #236
Monroe, NC 28112
T 704.292.2535
F 704.292.2588
[e-mail]
www.unioncountync.gov
Please take a moment to rate my customer service. Thank
you. https://www.surveymonkey.com/r/UCtaxdepartmentsurvey
E-mail correspondence to and from this sender may be subject to the North Carolina Public Records law and
may be disclosed to third parties. If you are not the intended recipient of this e-mail, please contact the sender
immediately.
i

Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Poorva Mokashi, Engineer I
NC Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources / Water Quality Permitting
NPDES Industrial Permitting, Wastewater Branch
512 N. Salisbury Street
Raleigh, NC 27604
Subject: Application No. WQ0042646
Additional Information Request
Irwin Property WWTS
8404 Foxbridge Dr.
Weddington, NC 28104, Union County
SFR Wastewater Irrigation System
Dear Ms. Mokashi,
9/9/2021
Thank you for your comments regarding the application for the Irwin Property WWTS
Authorization to Construct (Application No. WQ0042646). Below, please find a
response to each of the questions/comments listed in your letter dated September 1, 2021.
To facilitate the review of this response, I have included each point from the comment
letter in bold.
F. Soil Evaluation:
1. On the `Attachment 2: Soil Evaluation Map' please specify the soil mapping
units within each land application site 115A NCAC 02T .0604(b)(3)]. Please
specify on this map that the dominant soil series is Lignum and not
Georgeville. Also request you to update the soil evaluation map to indicate the
new owners of the subject property as Michael Irwin and Michael Zurat. The
updated `Attachment 2: Soil Evaluation Map' should be signed, sealed and
dated by a North Carolina Licensed Soil Scientist [15A NCAC 02T .0604(b)].
Response: The Soil Evaluation Map, included as Attachment 2 of the Soil Report, has
been updated to reflect the change of ownership and revised to state the dominant soil
series is Lignum. The updated map is included with this submittal.

2. For the `Single -Family Residence Loading Rate Workbook', the soil scientist
has recommended that local precipitation data should be considered, but the
SFR Precipitation Worksheet shows weather data from Chapel Hill, NC. It is
suggested that a weather station close to Union County be chosen, for example,
Charlotte Airport or any other local weather station could be used. It is
recommended by the Mooresville Regional Office that the date range for the
weather data should be most current and should include the years 2018 or
2020 (wettest years on record for the Mecklenburg County area as per the
recent Annual Drought meeting of the Catawba-Wateree Drought
Management Advisory Group) 115A NCAC 02T .0604(c)(3)].
Response: Up-to-date weather data was taken from Charlotte Douglas Airport. The
data utilized now ranges from 1991-2020. Using the updated weather data, the annual
precipitation and calculated PET have indicated the annual hydraulic loading rate is
more favorable than previously shared.
G. Engineering Plans:
1. Please update the plan sheets to specify the new address allotted to the
permittee, "8404 Foxbridge Dr." on all sheets wherever the address is
mentioned throughout the Engineering plans.
Response: All plan sheets in the Engineering plans have been updated to reflect the
new address "8404 Foxbridge Drive."
2. Also ensure that the updated plan sheets have been signed, sealed and dated
by a North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer.
Response: All plan sheets have been signed, sealed and dated by Kevin D. Davidson,
P.E.
H. Specifications:
1. Under the section '1.2 Site Description', and on first page of the
specifications, please specify the new address allotted to the permittee and on
all pages wherever the address is mentioned throughout the `Specifications'.
Response: The new address, "8404 Foxbridge Drive," has been updated on all pages
within the specifications where it is referenced.
2. For section '1.4 Soils and Water Table', as per the soil evaluation please
change this to indicate the soil series as `Lignum' and not `Georgeville'.
Response: Section 1.4 Soils and Water Table has been updated to indicate the soil
series as "Lignum."

3. Also ensure that the updated `Specifications' have been signed, sealed and
dated by a North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer.
Response: The updated "Specifications" have been signed, sealed and dated by Kevin
D. Davidson, P.E.
J. Site Map:
1. Please provide a scaled map of the site with topographic contour intervals
not exceeding two feet or 25 percent of total site relief 115A NCAC 02T
.0604(d)(1)].
Response: The topographic contour data on the Site Map is shown as two (2) foot
intervals.
2. Please update the site map to indicate the soil mapping units on all disposal
sites based on changes which will be made by the Lead Soils Scientist on the
`Figure 4' 115A NCAC 02T .0604(d)(1)(B)].
Response: The dominant soil series, Lignum, is shown.
3. Surface irrigation systems serving single-family residences shall be deemed
to be ground absorption systems [15A NCAC 02T .0601]. For ground
absorption sewage treatment and disposal systems, the compliance boundary
shall be established at the property boundary 115A NCAC 02L .0107 (i)]. As
per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(d)(2), please update the site map to indicate the
following:
(A) The compliance boundary is established at the property boundary.
(B) The review boundary is midway between the compliance boundary and
the waste boundary. (waste boundary is defined as `perimeter of the
permitted waste disposal area' per 15A NCAC 02L.0102).
Response A: The site map has been updated to indicate the compliance boundary is
established at the property boundary.
Response B: The site map has been updated to indicate the review boundary is
midway between the compliance boundary and waste boundary.
4. Please update the site map to specify the new address allotted to the
permittee, "8404 Foxbridge Dr."
Response: The site map has been updated to reflect the new address "8404 Foxbridge
Drive."

5. Also ensure that the updated site plan has been signed, sealed and dated by a
North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer and/or Professional Land
Surveyor.
Response: The updated Site Map has been signed, sealed and dated by Kevin D.
Davidson, P.E.
Thank you for your assistance with this review. If you have any further questions or
comments please feel free to contact me at 919-367-6310 or via email at
[e-mail].
Regards,
Kevin D. Davidson, P.E.
V.P. of Engineering

Attachment 1.
Updated Wastewater Irrigation System Application Package

Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Nathaniel D. Thornburg
Environmental Program Supervisor III
NC Department of Environmental Quality
512 N. Salisbury Street
Raleigh, NC 27699
Subject: Irwin Property WWTS
8404 Foxbridge Drive
Weddington, NC 28104
SFR Wastewater Irrigation System
Union County
Parcel# 06-066-120
Dear Mr. Thornburg;
September 7, 2021
Please consider this information for an application for a single-family residence (SFR)
wastewater irrigation system. The property is located at 8404 Foxbridge Drive,
Weddington, NC. The AdvanTex treatment system and dripfield are designed for a four -
bedroom single family residence. The following information is included for your review.
Section A: Cover Letter
- Included as this letter.
Section B: Application Fee
- Application Fee Included.
Section C: SFR Wastewater Irrigation System Application
- Form Included (Appendix C).
Section D: Existing Permit
- N/A New Application.
Section E: Property Ownership Documentation
- Deed Included (Appendix E).
Section F: Soil Evaluation
- Report Included (Appendix F).

Section G: Engineering Plans
- Included (Appendix G).
Section H: System Specifications
- Included (Appendix H).
Section I: Engineering Calculations
- Included (Appendix I).
Section J: Site Map
- Map Included (Appendix J).
Section K: Operation and Maintenance Plan
- Plan Included (Appendix K).
Section L: Operation and Maintenance Agreement
- Agreement Included (Appendix L).
Section M: County Health Department Denial Letter
- County Correspondence Included (Appendix M).
Section N: Floodway Regulation Compliance
- The site is not located in the 100-year floodplain (per map).
- Information Included (Appendix N).
Section 0:
Threatened or Endangered Aquatic Species Documentation
- According to The Natural Heritage Program review, there are no
threatened or endangered aquatic species located within the project area.
- Information Included (Appendix 0).
Section P: Other Environmental Permits
- N/A no stream or wetland crossings.
Thank you for your review of this information. If you have any questions or comments
on this information, please feel free to contact me at [e-mail] or via
telephone at 919-367-6310.
Best Regards,
Kevin Davidson, P.E.
V.P. of Engineering

Appendix List
Appendix C SFR Wastewater Irrigation System Application
Appendix E Property Ownership Documentation
Appendix F Soil Evaluation
Appendix G Engineering Plans
Appendix H System Specifications
Appendix I Engineering Calculations
Appendix J Site Map
Appendix K Operation and Maintenance Plan
Appendix L Operation and Maintenance Agreement
Appendix M County Health Department Denial Letter
Appendix N Floodway Regulation Compliance
Appendix 0 Threatened or Endangered Aquatic Species
Documentation

V N
Zif3ca8
2ill
No
W co Coco
N2Wrn
FW-Laa�
aCC
ir
z C)
aaOo

Appendix C
Wastewater Irrigation Systems Application

DWR
State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Division of Water Resources
15A NCAC 02T .0600 — SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENCE WASTEWATER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION
The Division of Water Resources will not accept an application package unless all instructions are followed. Plans, specifications
and supporting documents shall be prepared in accordance with 15A NCAC 02L .0100, 15A NCAC 02T .0100, 15A NCAC 02T
.0600, 15A NCAC 18A .1900, Division Policies and good engineering practices. Failure to submit all required items may result
in the application being returned, and will necessitate additional processing and review time.
For more information, visit the Water Quality Permitting Section's Non -Discharge Permitting Unit website
General — When submitting a non -discharge application to the Water Quality Permitting Section's Non -Discharge Permitting Unit,
please use the following instructions as a checklist in order to ensure all required items are submitted. Adherence to these instructions
and checking the provided boxes will help produce a quicker review time by assisting the reviewer in locating the required materials
and potentially reducing the amount of requested additional information. Unless otherwise noted, the Applicant shall submit one original
and at least two copies of the application and supporting documentation.
A. Cover Letter (All Application Packages):
• List all items and attached supporting documentation included in the application package, as well as a brief description of the
requested permitting action.
B. Application Fee (All New and Major Modification Application Packages):
® Submit a check, money order or electronic funds transfer made payable to: North Carolina Department of Environmental
Quality (NCDEQ).
❑ The appropriate fee amount for new and major modification application packages may be found at: Standard Review Project
Fees.
C. Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16) Application (All Application Packages):
® Submit the completed and appropriately executed Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM:
SFRWWIS 06-16) application. Any unauthorized content changes to FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 shall result in the application
package being returned. If necessary for clarity or due to space restrictions, attachments to the application may be made, as
long as the attachments are numbered to correspond to the section and item to which they refer.
❑ If the Applicant Type in Item 1.2. is a corporation or company, provide documentation it is registered for business with the
North Carolina Secretary of State.
❑ If the Applicant Type in Item 1.2. is a partnership, sole proprietorship, trade name, or d/b/a, enclose a copy of the certificate
filed with the Register of Deeds in the county of business.
® The facility name in Item 11.2. shall be consistent with the facility name on the plans, specifications, agreements, etc.
® The Professional Engineer's Certification on Page 6 of the Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM:
SFRWWIS 06-16) application shall be signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer.
• The Applicant's Certification on Page 6 of the Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM: SFRWWIS
06-16) application shall be signed in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b). Per 15A NCAC 02T .0106(c), an alternate
person may be designated as the signing official if a delegation letter is provided from a person who meets the criteria in 15A
NCAC 02T .0106(b).
❑ If this project is for a renewal without modification, use the Non -Discharge System Renewal (FORM: NDSR) application.
D. Existing Permit (All Modification Packages):
❑ Submit the most recently issued existing permit.
❑ Provide a list of any items within the permit the Applicant would like the Division to address during the permit modification
(i.e., compliance schedules, permit description, monitoring, permit conditions, etc.).
E. Property Ownership Documentation (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(e), the Applicant shall demonstrate they are the owner of all property containing the wastewater
treatment, storage and irrigation facilities:
❑ Legal documentation of ownership (i.e., contract, deed or article of incorporation), or
❑ Written notarized intent to purchase agreement signed by both parties with a plat or survey map, or
❑ Written notarized lease agreement that specifically indicates the intended use of the property and has been signed by both
parties, as well as a plat or survey map. Lease agreements shall adhere to the requirements of 15A NCAC 02L .0107.
® Provide all agreements, easements, setback waivers, etc. that have a direct impact on the wastewater treatment, conveyance,
storage and irrigation facilities.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 1 of 4

F. Soil Evaluation (All Application Packages that include new irrigation sites):
®Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(b) and current Division Policy, submit a detailed soil evaluation that has been signed, sealed and dated
by a North Carolina Licensed Soil Scientist and includes at a minimum.
❑ The report shall identify all the sites/fields with project name, location, and include a statement that the sites/fields were
recommended for the proposed land application activity.
❑ Note, if the soil evaluation was performed more than one year prior to the submittal of this application package, a statement
shall be included indicating that the site has not changed since the original investigation.
❑ Field delineated detailed soils map meeting all of the requirements of the Soil Scientist Evaluation Policy.
❑ Soil profile descriptions meeting all of the requirements of the Soil Scientist Evaluation Policy.
❑ Provide all soil boring logs performed at the site.
❑ Standard soil fertility analysis conducted no more than one year prior to permit application for each map unit in the soil
map legend for the following parameters:
❑ Acidity
❑ Base saturation (by calculation)
❑ Calcium
❑ Cation exchange capacity
❑ Copper
❑ Exchangeable sodium percentage (by calculation) ❑ Phosphorus
❑ Magnesium ❑ Potassium
❑ Manganese ❑ Sodium
❑ Percent humic matter ❑ Zinc
❑ pH
Note: The number of samples will vary depending upon the project size and past land use history. Multiple samples for
each map unit are required if the irrigation zones are separated, and cropland, pasture, hay land and wooded areas shall be
sampled separately for the same map unit due to past differences in soil fertility management.
❑ Saturated hydraulic conductivity (KsAT) data that shall include at a minimum:
❑ A minimum of three KSAT tests shall be conducted in the most restrictive horizon for each soil series in the soil map.
O All KSAT tests shall be conducted in areas representative of the site.
O All KSAT tests shall be run until steady-state equilibrium has been achieved.
O All collected KSAT data shall be submitted, including copies of field worksheets showing all collected readings.
❑ Submit a soil profile description for each KSAT data point that shall extend at least one foot below the tested horizon.
❑ Soil evaluation recommendations shall include at a minimum:
O A brief summary of each map unit and its composition and identification of minor contrasting soils.
O Maximum irrigation precipitation rate (in/yr) for each soil/map unit within the proposed irrigation areas.
O Identification of areas not suitable for wastewater irrigation.
O Recommended geometric mean KsAT rate to be used in determining the SFR Loading Rate Group for each soil/map
unit based upon in -situ measurement of the saturated hydraulic conductivity from the most restrictive horizon.
❑ Recommended annual hydraulic loading rate (in/yr) for each soil/map unit within the proposed irrigation areas based
upon in -situ KSAT measurements form the most restrictive soil horizon. The recommended loading rate must be in
accordance with the Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation System Loading Rate Calculation Policy.
❑ A completed copy of the Single -Family Residence Loading Rate Workbook (i.e., Project Information, Potential
Evapotranspiration, Precipitation, and Irrigation Area Calculations).
G. Engineering Plans (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(c)(1), submit standard size and 11 x 17-inch plan sets that have been signed, sealed and dated by a
North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer.
® At a minimum, the engineering plans shall include the following items:
❑ Table of contents with each sheet numbered, as well as cross-referenced with the appropriate application items.
❑ A general location map with at least two geographic references, vicinity map, topographic map and site map.
❑ A process and instrumentation diagram showing all flow, recycle/return, electrical paths, etc.
❑ Plan and profile views of all treatment and storage units, including their piping, valves, and equipment (i.e., pumps, etc.),
as well as their dimensions and elevations.
❑ Details of all piping, valves, pumps, precipitation/soil moisture sensors, etc.
❑ A hydraulic profile from the treatment plant headworks to the highest irrigation point.
❑ The irrigation area with an overlay of the suitable irrigation areas depicted in the Soil Evaluation.
O Each nozzle/emitter and their wetted area influence, and each irrigation zone labeled as it will be operated.
O Locations within the irrigation system of air releases, drains, control valves, highest irrigation nozzle/emitter, etc.
® Plans shall represent a completed design and not be labeled with preliminary phrases (e.g., FOR REVIEW ONLY, NOT FOR
CONSTRUCTION, etc.) that indicate they are anything other than final specifications. However, the plans may be labeled
with the phrase: FINAL DESIGN - NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 2 of 4

H. Specifications (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(c)(2), submit specifications that have been signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina licensed
Professional Engineer.
® At a minimum, the specifications shall include the following items:
❑ Table of contents with each section/page numbered, as well as cross-referenced with the appropriate application items.
❑ Detailed specifications for each treatment/storage/irrigation unit, as well as all piping, valves, equipment (i.e., pumps, etc.),
nozzles/emitters, precipitation/soil moisture sensor, audible/visual high water alarms, liner material, etc.
❑ Site Work (i.e., earthwork, clearing, grubbing, excavation, trenching, backfilling, compacting, fencing, seeding, etc.)
❑ Materials (i.e., concrete, masonry, steel, painting, method of construction, etc.)
❑ Electrical (i.e., control panels, etc.)
❑ Means for ensuring quality and integrity of the finished product, including leakage, pressure and liner testing.
® Specifications shall represent a completed design and not be labeled with preliminary phrases (e.g., FOR REVIEW ONLY,
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION, etc.) that indicate they are anything other than final specifications. However, the specifications
may be labeled with the phrase: FINAL DESIGN - NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
I. Engineering Calculations (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(c)(3), submit engineering calculations that have been signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina
licensed Professional Engineer.
® At a minimum, the engineering calculations shall include the following items:
❑ Hydraulic and pollutant loading calculations for each treatment unit demonstrating how the designed effluent
concentrations in Application Item V.1. were determined (Note: "black box" calculations are unacceptable).
Sizing criteria for each treatment unit and associated equipment (i.e., pumps, etc.).
Total and effective storage calculations for each storage unit.
Friction/total dynamic head calculations and system curve analysis for each pump used.
Manufacturer's information for all treatment units, pumps, irrigation system, etc.
Flotation calculations for all treatment and storage units constructed partially or entirely below grade.
Demonstrate the designed maximum precipitation and annual loading rates do not exceed the recommended rates.
Demonstrate the specified auxiliary power source is capable of powering all essential treatment units.
A properly completed and executed Single -Family Residence Loading Rate Workbook.
J. Site Map (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(d), submit standard size and 11 x 17-inch site maps that have been signed, sealed and dated by a
North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer and/or Professional Land Surveyor.
• For clarity, multiple site maps of the facility with cut sheet annotations may be submitted.
® At a minimum, the site map shall include the following:
❑ A scaled map of the site with topographic contour intervals not exceeding two feet and showing all facility -related
structures and fences within the wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation areas.
❑ Soil mapping units shown on all irrigation sites.
❑ The location of all wells (including usage and construction details if available), streams (ephemeral, intermittent, and
perennial), springs, lakes, ponds, and other surface drainage features within 500 feet of all wastewater treatment, storage
and irrigation sites.
❑ Delineation of the compliance and review boundaries per 15A NCAC 02L .0107(i) and .0108.
❑ Setbacks as required by 15A NCAC 02T .0606.
❑ Site property boundaries within 500 feet of all wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation sites.
❑ All habitable residences or places of public assembly within 500 feet of all treatment, storage and irrigation sites.
K. Operation and Maintenance Plan (All Application Packages):
• Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(0, submit an operation and maintenance (O&M) plan encompassing all wastewater treatment,
storage and irrigation systems that at a minimum shall address:
❑ How to perform routine inspections.
❑ A maintenance schedule.
❑ A troubleshooting guide.
❑ A layman's explanation of the wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation systems.
❑ A crop maintenance and management plan.
® Note a final O&M Plan may be submitted with the partial and/or final Engineering Certification required under 15A NCAC
02T .0116, however, a preliminary O&M Plan shall be submitted with each application package.
L. Operation and Maintenance Agreement (All Application Packages):
• Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(h), submit a notarized Operation and Maintenance Agreement that has been signed and dated by all
deeded property owners.
❑❑❑❑❑❑❑❑
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 3 of 4

M. County Health Department Denial Letter (All New Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(g), provide a written letter from the local County Health Department denying the site for all
subsurface systems.
N. Floodway Regulation Compliance (All Application Packages where any portion of the wastewater treatment, storage and
irrigation system is located within the 100-year floodplain):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(8), provide written documentation from all local governing entities that the facility is in
compliance with Article 21 Part 6 of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes (i.e., § 143-215.51. through § 143-215.61.).
O. Threatened or Endangered Aquatic Species Documentation (All Application Packages):
• Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(10), submit documentation from the Department's Natural Heritage Program demonstrating the
presence or absence of threatened or endangered aquatic species within the boundary of the wastewater treatment, storage and
irrigation facilities.
O If the facility directly impacts such species, this documentation shall provide information on the need for permit conditions
pursuant to 15A NCAC 02B .0110.
P. Other Environmental Permits (All Application Packages that include stream or wetland crossings):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(6), submit a copy of either the approved permit/certification or a letter from the appropriate
review agency acknowledging receipt of the application for the following applicable permits/certifications:
O Division of Water Resources' Water Quality Permitting Section — Wetlands 401 Certification
O US Army Corps of Engineers South Atlantic Division — Nationwide 12 or Section 404 permit
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(6), this application shall be considered incomplete or the resulting permit may be issued
conditionally, if a pending issuance of any of the aforementioned permits/certifications directly impact the facility herein.
THE COMPLETED APPLICATION AND SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO:
NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
DIVISION OF WATER RESOURCES
WATER QUALITY PERMITTING SECTION
NON -DISCHARGE PERMITTING UNIT
By U.S. Postal Service:
1617 MAIL SERVICE CENTER
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27699-1617
TELEPHONE NUMBER: [phone]
By Courier/Special Delivery:
512 N. SALISBURY ST.
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27604
FAX NUMBER: [phone]
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION
Page 4 of 4

DW
State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Division of Water Resources
15A NCAC 02T .0600 — SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENCE WASTEWATER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16
I. APPLICANT INFORMATION:
1. Applicant's name as appears on deed, contract or lease agreement: Michael Irwin and Michael Zurat
2. Applicant type: ® Individual ❑ Corporation ❑ General Partnership
3. Signature authority's name: Michael Irwin per 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b)
4. Applicant's mailing address: 6580 Braddock Road
City: Alexandria State: VA Zip: 22312-
5. Applicant's contact information:
Telephone number: [phone] Fax number: (_) _- Email Address: [e-mail]
II. FACILITY INFORMATION:
1. Facility name: Irwin Property WWTS
2. Facility status: ❑ Existing or ® Proposed
3. Facility's physical address: 8404 Foxbridge Drive
City: Weddington State: NC Zip: 28104- County: Union
4. Wastewater Treatment Facility Coordinates: Latitude: 35° 02' 10" Longitude: -80° 42' 11"
Provide the following latitude and longitude coordinate determination information:
Datum: NAD83 Level of accuracy: Nearest second
Aerial photography with ground control
5. USGS Map Name: Matthews 2019
Method of measurement:
III. CONSULTANT INFORMATION:
1. Engineer's name: Kevin D. Davidson License Number: 024582 Firm: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
Engineer's mailing address: 501 N. Salem Street, Ste 203
City: A ex State: NC Zip: 27502-2315
Telephone number: [phone] Fax number: [phone] Email Address: [e-mail]
2. Soil Scientist's name: Chris McGee License Number: 1324 Firm: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
Soil Scientist's mailing address: 501 N. Salem Street, Ste 203
City: A ex State: NC Zip: 27502-2315
Telephone number: [phone] Fax number: () - Email Address: [e-mail]
Title: Owner
IV. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS — 15A NCAC 02T .0100:
1. Application type: ® New ❑ Major Modification ❑ Minor Modification
If a modification, provide the existing permit number: WQ00 and most recent issuance date:
2. Application fee: $60. 00
3. Describe the origin of the wastewater and provide a brief project description: Residential single family dwelling
with AdvanTex pretreatment and surface drip disposal
4. Wastewater flow: 480 GPD
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 1 of 6

IV. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS — 15A NCAC 02T .0100 (CONTINUED):
5. Using 15A NCAC 02T .0114, explain how the total wastewater flow was determined:
Establishment Type
Flow Basis
Flow
Per Unit
Number
of Units
Flow
4 Bedroom SFR
gal/day
120
4
480 GPD
gal/
GPD
Total
480 GPD
6. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(6), if the project includes any stream or wetland crossings, what is the status of the following
applicable permits/certifications?
Permit/Certification
SuDate
bmitted
Date
Approved
Permit/Certification No.
Agency Reviewer
Nationwide 12 or 404
Wetlands 401
7. What is the nearest 100-year flood plain elevation to the facility? 595.3 feet mean sea level. Source: FEMA Flood Map Number
3710448700J
Are any treatment, storage or irrigation systems located within the 100-year flood plain? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, has documentation of compliance with Article 21 Part 6 of Chapter 143 of the G.S. been provided? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
V. DESIGN CRITERIA AND SETBACKS — 15A NCAC 02T .0605 & .0606:
1. Provide the estimated influent and designed effluent concentrations from the engineering calculations to verify conformance
with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(b) for the following parameters:
Parameter
Estimated Influent
Concentration
Designed Effluent
Concentration
(monthly average)
Minimum Required
Degree of Treatment
Prior to Storage
Biochemical Oxygen Demand
(BOD5)
350 mg/1
<10 mg/1
< 30 mg/1
Total Suspended Solids (TSS)
200 mg/1
<10 mg/1
< 30 mg/1
Ammonia Nitrogen (NH3-N)
100 mg/1
<10 mg/1
< 15 mg/1
Fecal Coliforms
<100 per 100 ml
< 200 colonies/100 ml
2. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0605(c), is the effluent placed directly in contact with GA classified groundwater? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, have predictive calculations demonstrating such placement will not contravene GA groundwater standards been
provided? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
3. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0605(d), are any of the treatment or storage units excavated into bedrock? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, has a 10 millimeter synthetic liner been provided? ❑ Yes (Plan Sheet:
& Specification Page: ) or ❑ No
4. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(e), are any earthen treatment and storage facilities provided? ❑ Yes or ® No
5. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(f), have any by-pass or overflow lines been provided? ❑ Yes or ® No
6. If any treatment, storage or irrigation systems are located within the 100-year flood plain, in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T
.0605(g), which systems are affected and what measures being taken to protect them against flooding?
7. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(h), has an operation and maintenance plan been submitted? ® Yes or ❑ No
8. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(i), how will restricted access to the irrigation system be provided? Minimum Two -
Strand Fence
Are all treatment units and control panels locked to prevent entry? ® Yes or ❑ No
9. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(j), do the designed irrigation loading rates (see Application Item VII.4.) exceed the
soil scientist recommended loading rates (see Application Item VII.3.)? ❑ Yes or ® No
10. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(k), does the septic tank design adhere to 15A NCAC 18A .1900? ® Yes or ❑ No
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16
Page 2 of 6

V. DESIGN CRITERIA AND SETBACKS — 15A NCAC 02T .0605 & .0606 (CONTINUED):
11. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(1), what is the specified method of disinfection? Ultraviolet
If chlorine, specify contact detention time provided: minutes and where contact time occurs:
If UV, specify the number of banks: 1, total lamps: 1 and maximum flow capacity: 6 GPM.
12. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(m), has a minimum of five days of storage based on average daily flow between the
pump off float and inlet invert pipe been provided? ® Yes or ❑ No
13. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(n), have all tanks containing pumps been provided with audible and visual alarms
that are external to any structure? ® Yes (Plan Sheet: WW-8 & Specification Page: Sec. H-6. 7) or ❑ No
14. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(o), has a precipitation or soil moisture sensor been provided?
® Yes (Plan Sheet: WW-8 & Specification Page: Sec. H-6. 7) or ❑ No
15. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(p), has a minimum of 18 inches of vertical separation between the apparent seasonal
high water table (SHWT) and the ground surface been provided? ® Yes or ❑ No
16. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(q), has a minimum of 12 inches of vertical separation between any perched seasonal
high water table (SHWT) and the ground surface been provided? ® Yes or ❑ No
17. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(r), does the designed annual loading rate exceed 50 inches? ❑ Yes or ® No
18. Does the project comply with all setbacks found in the river basin rules (15A NCAC 02B .0200)? ® Yes or ❑ No
If no, list non -compliant setbacks:
19. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0606, verify setback compliance by providing the minimum field observed distance (ft) from the facility's
irrigation system and treatment/storage units to each listed setback parameter (Note: Distances greater than 500 feet shall be
marked N/A):
Setback Parameter
Irrigation
System
Treatment /
Storage Units
Any habitable residence or place of assembly under separate ownership or not to be
maintained as part of the project site
196'
242'
Any habitable residence or place of assembly owned by the Permittee to be maintained as
part of the project site
41'
Any private or public water supply source
N.A.
N.A.
Surface waters (streams — intermittent and perennial, perennial waterbodies, and wetlands)
303'
442'
Groundwater lowering ditches (where the bottom of the ditch intersects the SHWT)
N.A.
Subsurface groundwater lowering drainage systems
N.A.
Surface water diversions (ephemeral streams, waterways, ditches)
N.A.
Any well with exception of monitoring wells
178'
226'
Any property line
52'
86'
Top of slope of embankments or cuts of two feet or more in vertical height
182'
Any water line from a disposal system
>10'
Any swimming pool
308'
Public right of way
50'
Nitrification field
>50'
Any building foundation or basement
41'
20. Are any setback waivers proposed for this facility? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0606(c), submit the appropriate setback waivers (FORM: NDWSW) that have
been notarized, signed by all parties involved and recorded with the County Register of Deeds. Waivers involving the
compliance boundary shall be in accordance with 15A NCAC 02L .0107.
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16
Page 3 of 6

VI. WASTEWATER TREATMENT & STORAGE FACILITY DESIGN:
1. Type of treatment system: Septic Tank / Advantex
2. Provide the requested information for each treatment/storage unit and its associated mechanical equipment:
a. PRELIMINARY / PRIMARY TREATMENT (i.e., physical removal operations):
Treatment Unit
No. of
Units
Manufacturer or
Material
Dimensions (ft) /
Spacings (in)
Volume
(gal)
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
Septic Tank
1
Shoaf Precast Septic
10.5' x 5.5' x 5.83'
1500
WW-6
Sec. H-6.1
Select
Select
b. SECONDARY TREATMENT (i.e., physical, biological and recirculation processes):
Treatment Unit
No. of
Units
Manufacturer or
Material
Dimensions (ft)
Volume
(gal)
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
Advantex Treatment
1
Orenco Systems, Inc.
8.5' x 5.17' x 6.0'
800
WW-6
Sec. H-6.5
Select
Select
c. DISINFECTION:
Treatment Unit
No. of
Units
Manufacturer or
Material
Dimensions (ft)
Volume
(gal)
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
Ultraviolet
1
Orenco Systems, Inc.
3" Diameter
6 gpm
WW-6
Sec. H-6.5
Select
d. PUMP/STORAGE TANK:
Manufacturer or
Material
No. of
Units
Dimensions (ft)
Total
Volume
(gal)
Effective
Volume
(gal)
Effective
Storage
(days)
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
Shoaf Tank
1
12. 5' x 6. 5' x7. 33'
3500
2593. 05
5. 40
WW-6
Sec. H-6. 1
e. PUMPS:
Location
No. of
Pumps
Purpose
Manufacturer /
Type
Capacity
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
GPM
TDH
Treatment Pod
1
Recirculation
Orenco Systems, Inc.
16.75
12.9'
WW-6
Sec. H-6.4
Pump Tank
1
Field Dosing
Orenco Systems, Inc.
15.9
119.8'
WW-8
Sec. H-6.4
f. BLOWERS:
Location
No. of
Blowers
Units Served
Manufacturer /
Type
Capacity
(CFM)
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
N.A
g. MIXERS:
Location
No. of
Mixers
Units Served
Manufacturer /
Type
Power
(hp)
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
N.A
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16
Page 4 of 6

VII. IRRIGATION SYSTEM DESIGN:
1. Are there any artificial drainage or water movement structures within 200 feet of the irrigation area? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, please explain if the Soil Evaluation addresses artificial structures and indicate if these structures are to be maintained
or modified:
2. What is the proposed cover crop? Grass
3. Soil Evaluation recommendations:
Soil Series
Fields within Soil Area
Minimum Observed
Depth to SHWT
(ft)
Recommended
Loading Rate
(in/hr)
Recommended
Loading Rate
(in/yr)
Lignum Soil Series
1
0.5' (6";
prior to fill)
.2
23.53
4. Irrigation System Information (Note — this table may be expanded for additional fields):
i
2
Field
Area
(acres)
Dominant
Soil Series
Designed
Rate
(in/hr)
Designed
Rate
(in/yr)
Latitude 1
(DMS)
Longitude'
(DMS)
Waterbody
Stream Index
No. 2
Classification
1
0.37
Lignum
0.163
23.53
35°02' 11"
-80°42' 11"
27-5-(2)
WS-IV; NSW,
CA
° I ,
0 I II
° I //
° I II
° I //
0 I II
° I //
° I II
° I //
° I II
Total
0.37
Provide the following latitude and longitude coordinate determination information:
Datum: NAD83 Level of accuracy: Nearest second
Aerial photography with ground control
For assistance determining the waterbody stream index number and its associated classification, instructions may be
downloaded at: https://ncdenr.s3.amazonaws.com/s3fs-
public/Water%20Quality/Aquifer%20Protection/LAU/Agreements/WSCA%2008-13.pdf.
Method of measurement:
Spray Irrigation Design Elements
Drip Irrigation Design Elements
Nozzle wetted diameter:
N.A ft
Emitter wetted area:
6 ft2
Nozzle wetted area:
N.A ft2
Distance between laterals:
3 ft
Nozzle capacity:
N.A GPM
Distance between emitters:
2 ft
Nozzle manufacturer/model:
N.A / N.A
Emitter capacity:
0.61 GPH
Elevation of highest nozzle:
N.A ft
Emitter manufacturer/model:
American Manufacturing
Comapny , Inc. / Bioline
Specification Reference:
N.A
Elevation of highest emitter:
642 ft
Specification Reference:
WW-7, Sec. H-6.8
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16
Page 5 of 6

Professional Engineer's Certification:
I, attest that this application for
(Professional Engineer's name from Application Item III.1.)
(Facility name from Application Item II.1.)
has been reviewed by me and is accurate, complete and consistent with the information supplied in the plans, specifications, engineering
calculations, and all other supporting documentation to the best of my knowledge. I further attest that to the best of my knowledge the
proposed design has been prepared in accordance with this application package and its instructions, as well as all applicable regulations
and statutes. Although other professionals may have developed certain portions of this submittal package, inclusion of these materials
under my signature and seal signifies that I have reviewed this material and have judged it to be consistent with the proposed design.
Note: In accordance with General Statutes 143-215.6A and 143-215.6B, any person who knowingly makes any false statement,
representation, or certification in any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor, which may include a fine not to
exceed $10,000, as well as civil penalties up to $25,000 per violation.
North Carolina Professional Engineer's seal, signature, and date:
Applicant's Certification per 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b):
I, attest that this application for
(Signature Authority's name & title from Application Item 1.3.)
(Facility name from Application Item II.1.)
has been reviewed by me and is accurate and complete to the best of my knowledge. I understand that any discharge of wastewater
from this non -discharge system to surface waters or the land will result in an immediate enforcement action that may include civil
penalties, injunctive relief, and/or criminal prosecution. I will make no claim against the Division of Water Resources should a condition
of this permit be violated. I also understand that if all required parts of this application package are not completed and that if all required
supporting information and attachments are not included, this application package will be returned to me as incomplete. I further certify
that the applicant or any affiliate has not been convicted of an environmental crime, has not abandoned a wastewater facility without
proper closure, does not have an outstanding civil penalty where all appeals have been exhausted or abandoned, are compliant with any
active compliance schedule, and do not have any overdue annual fees per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(e).
Note: In accordance with General Statutes 143-215.6A and 143-215.6B, any person who knowingly makes any false statement,
representation, or certification in any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor, which may include a fine not to
exceed $10,000 as well as civil penalties up to $25,000 per violation.
Signature: Date:
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 6 of 6

Appendix E
Property Ownership Documentation

BK 8097 PG 0061
FILED
UNION COUNTY, NC
CRYSTAL D. GILLIARD
REGISTER OF DEEDS
FILED May 11, 2021
AT 02:55 pm
BOOK 08097
START PAGE 0061
END PAGE 0062
INSTRUMENT # 22372
EXCISE TAX $120.00
CG
Excise Tax: $120.00
Tax Lot No:
Verified by
Parcel Identifier No. 06-066-120
County on the day of , 2021 by
Mail after recording to Helms Robison Lee & Bennett, P.A.
This instrument was prepared by Nicole Price (smg)
Brief Description for the index
Lots 9, 10 & 11 OPC P/826
NORTH CAROLINA GENERAL WARRANTY DEED
THIS DEED made May 7, 2021 by and between
GRANTOR
James Claude Irwin and spouse, Candace Stone Irwin
GRANTEE
Michael James Irwin and spouse, Michael Jeremy
Zurat
6580 Braddock Road
Alexandria, VA 22312
Enter in appropriate block for each party: name, address, and, it appropriate, character of entity, e.g., corporation or partnership.
The designation Grantor and Grantee as used herein shall include said parties, their heirs, successors, and assigns, and shall
include singular, plural, masculine, feminine or neuter as required by context.
WITNESSETH, that the Grantor, for a valuable consideration paid by the Grantee, the receipt of which is hereby
acknowledged, has and by these presents does grant, bargain, sell and convey unto the Grantee in fee simple, all that certain
lot or parcel of land situated in Sandy Ridge Township, Union County, North Carolina and more particularly described as
follows:
Being all of Lots 9,10 and 11 as shown on Plat Cabinet P, File 826 a revision of Plat Cabinet B, File 222B, Union County
Registry, referenced to which is hereby made for a more particular description.
Further reference is made to the deed to James Claude Irwin and spouse, Candace Stone Irwin recorded in Deed Book
6480, Page 366 of the Union County Public Registry which incorrectly describes the property as being shown on Plat
Cabinet E, File 222B when the correct plat reference is Plat Cabinet B, File 222B. The plat reference is correctly
identified on page two of said deed, where in the reference is made to Plat Cabinet B, File 222B.
All or a portion of the property herein conveyed includes or does not include the primary residence of a
Grantor.
The property hereinabove described was acquired by Grantor by instrument recorded in Book 6480, Page 366, Union County
Registry.
A map showing the above described property is recorded in Plat Cabinet P, File 826.
TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the aforesaid lot or parcel of land and all privileges and appurtenances thereto belonging to the
Grantee in fee simple.
N. C. Bar Assoc. From No. 3 CO 1977
Printed by Agreement with the N.C. Bar Assoc.
#003

BK 8097 PG 0062
And the Grantor covenants with the Grantee, that Grantor is seized of the premises in fee simple, has the right to convey the
same in fee simple, that title is marketable and free and clear of all encumbrances, and that Grantor will warrant and defend
the title against the lawful claims of all persons whomsoever except for the exceptions hereinafter stated.
Title to the property hereinabove described is subject to the following exceptions:
APPLICABLE ZONING; ANY EASEMENTS AND RIGHTS OF WAY FOR SERVICE LINES, ROADS AND UTILITIES
AS MAY BORDER OR CROSS THE PROPERTY INCLUDING, IF APPLICABLE, THE SUBDIVISION STREETS AS
SHOWN ON RECORDED PLAT; ANY EASEMENTS RESERVED IN THE RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS, INCLUDING
HOMEOWNERS ASSOCIATION PROVISIONS; APPLICABLE RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS OF RECORD AND
STREET ASSESSMENTS; 2021 REAL PROPERTY TAXES; SUBJECT TO MATTERS THAT COULD BE REVEALED
BY A CURRENT ACCURATE PHYSICAL AND BOUNDARY SURVEY AND ACTUAL INSPECTION OF THE
PROPERTY.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantor has duly executed the foregoing as of the day and year first above written.
1
a es Claude Irwin
Candace Stone Irwin
(SEAL)
(SEAL)
SEAL -
STAMP
NORTH CAROLINA, UNION COUNTY.
I, the undersigned, a Notary Public of the County and State aforesaid, certify that James Claude
Irwin and spouse, Candace Stone Irwin, Grantors, personally appeared before me this day,
each acknowledging to me that he or she voluntarily signed the foregoing instrument for the
purpose stated therein and in the capacity indicated.
This t t day of
NICOLE A V PRICE
NOTARY PUBLIC
UNION COUNTY
STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA
MY COMMISSION EXPIRES 08-01-2021
, 2021.
(Typed or printed name of Notary)
My commission expires: )-C)\ 6 C)&
Notary Public
N. C. Bar Assoc. From No. 3 © 1977
Printed by Agreement with the N.C. Bar Assoc.
#003

Appendix F
Soil Evaluation

Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 North Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, NC 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Soil Suitability for Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems
8404 Foxbridge Dr. Weddington, NC. 28104
Union County (Parcel ID 06066120)
PREPARED FOR: Michael Irwin, Owner
PREPARED BY: Christopher McGee, LSS
Senior Soil Scientist
Trevor Hackney, Environmental
Scientist
DATE: September 8, 2021
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc. (AWT) was contracted by the Irwin family to provide LSS
permitting assistance for a single-family residence wastewater irrigation system for the property
located at 8404 Foxbridge Drive, Weddington, NC. A single-family residence is proposed for
construction on the property. The following report and attachments summarizes the findings of
the evaluations performed by AWT from January through April 2021. A preliminary soil
evaluation, a detailed soil evaluation, and Hydraulic Conductivity (KSAT) tests were performed
on the property. Referenced property maps, provided by Union County GIS and the recorded plot
plan are included in Attachment 1.
The approximate 3-acre tract was evaluated in an effort to construct a new 4-bedroom single
family home. The majority of the property is currently utilized as pasture. There is a drainage
feature in the south eastern portion of the property. During the evaluation there was standing
surface water in low areas across the pasture. The slopes range from 3-7% on this property.
Soils in the region are mapped Georgeville series — based on the USDA-NRCS general soil
maps of the area. The soils evaluated on this property did not match the typical characteristics
expected of Georgeville soils. The limiting feature of the soil borings advanced on this property
are shallow indications of saturation. In general, the depth to SHWT was 6"-16" throughout the
proposed area of utilization, with small areas of micro -topography that will be mitigated through
the use of fill soil. AWT identifies the soil to be more consistent with what would be expected of
Cid-Lignum Complex (Lignum Soil Series).

After conducting the preliminary evaluation, and area near the southwest corner of the property
was selected for a surface irrigation system. This area was selected due to existing soils being
most favorable within this zone. AWT's evaluation map is included in Attachment 2. Due to the
size of the lot and the amount of usable area, drip dispersal will be required.
The drawing in Attachment 3 details the locations of the relevant site features/setbacks, proposed
soils area for irrigation, and saturated hydraulic conductivity (KSAT) test locations. Written
descriptions of borings performed at each KSAT test location and a deep soil boring are included
in Attachment 4. A standard soil fertility sample was obtained for the surface horizon and is
included in Attachment 5.
Saturated Hydraulic Conductivity (KSAT) Tests
A total of three KSAT tests were conducted during the field work phase of the project. The
purpose of these tests was to determine permeability within the most restrictive soil horizon
(generally the Bt or BC horizons). The depth to this horizon varied depending on landscape
position and desire to keep the test water column retained within the most limiting zone. All
tests were performed with a Johnson Permeameter. The results are summarized below. The
calculation sheets and any supporting documents are included in Attachment 6. Results have
been rounded to three decimal places
Table 1. Saturated Hydraulic Conductivity (KSAT) Data
KSAT Test Identification
KSAT Test Depth
Permeability
inches
in/hr
1
32
0.051
2
42
0.003
3
34
0.014
Geometric Mean
0.013
Loading Rate and Dripfield Computations and Recommendations
Based on the KSAT data, a permeability rate of 0.013 in/hr (geometric mean of the 3 KSAT
measurements) is recommended to be used in the water balance computation for this system.
The wastewater irrigation rate shall be determined using the above KSAT data in accordance with
the Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation System Loading Rate Calculation Policy and
the Single -Family Residence Loading Rate Workbook. Due to the variation in the data and
existing site conditions, we recommend a drainage coefficient of 0.325 not be exceeded. The
instantaneous application rate should not exceed 0.20 in/hour. The surface soil texture and
vegetation should allow adequate infiltration at this rate. Local precipitation data should be
considered as part of the loading rate workbook.
As part of the water balance, the approximate land area required for an irrigation system is
calculated based on the size of the proposed residence and the loading rate of the soil. Based on
AWT's soil mapping of the proposed utilization area, approximately 16,485 sq. ft. of usable area
is available for the dripfield. The recommended annual hydraulic loading rate is 23.53 inches per
2

year or less. We are maintaining a suggested rate in SFR Group "C". The area evaluated and
suitable for the proposed system is greater than this minimum size.
To maintain consistent separation depth to SHWT conditions, some fill soil will be required in
low/rutted spots within the proposed utilization areas. Site wide a recommendation of 3 inches of
fill with some locations in the northwest and southeast receiving closer to 6 inches of fill. Natural
topography is ideal to shed surface water, and this will not be adjusted.
Up to 6 inches of suitable fill soil may be required in these isolated spots. Final determination
will be made by the contractor and soil scientist. Fill material shall have the following
characteristics:
1) Coarse fragments as defined by USDA (2 mm to 3.0 inches) shall not exceed 10% by
volume of the volume of the fill material.
2) Fill material shall not contain more than 5% organic matter (including leaf debris,
twigs, sticks, etc.)
3) Fill material shall not include any construction debris such as bricks, concrete,
construction wood materials, or any components or fragments of such.
4) Fill material shall classify under one of the following USDA soil texture classes:
sandy loam, loam, or silt loam. Particle size analysis may be confirmed by a third -party
testing laboratory if necessary.
5) With 6 inches of fill added in low-lying or rutted areas, the depth to SHWT will allow
buffer to maintain minimum depth to SHWT of 12 inches after installation and operation.
Light tillage of the fill with the topsoil should occur if compaction is a concern, however,
this tillage should not exceed 6 inches below the natural soil surface. Removal of existing
vegetation prior to fill addition is necessary to allow a good gradation between fill and
present soil surface.
It is recommended that borings be performed in spots which are filled to confirm adequate
SHWT separation upon completion of installation and prior to start-up. The contractor should
ensure that proper seeding and compaction practices are followed.
Summary of Design Considerations:
1) Geometric Mean of Saturated Hydraulic Conductivity: 0.013 inches/hour
2) Water Balance Drainage Coefficient: 32.5% (or less)
3) Maximum Instantaneous Infiltration Rate: 0.20 inches/hour
4) Maximum Yearly Loading: 23.53 inch/yr (or less)
5) Area available for proposed wastewater dripfield: 16,485
6) Fill material — up to 6 inches may be necessary in isolated low lying/rutted areas and in
the northwest and south east portions of the dripfield area.
Sincerely,
/144—
Christopher McGee, LSS
Memo"- flacheiesfr
Trevor Hackney, Environmental Scientist
3

ATTACHMENT 1: Current Plot Plan/GIS Map
4

GoMaps
June 11, 2021
1:8,859
0 0.075 0.15
0 0.1 0.2
0.3 mi
0.4 km
Sources: Esri, HERE, Garrnin, USGS, Intermap, INCREMENT P,
NRCan, Esri Japan, METI, Esri China (Hong Kong), Esri Korea,
Esri (Thaiand), NGCC, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors, and the
GIS User Community

0:54AMEDT
Vicinity Map
(NTS)
Flood Certification
I have examined the Flood Insurance Rate Map for Union County North Carolina,
Community Panel Number 3710449700J, dated October 16, 2008, and hereby
certify that this property is not located in a special flood hazard area as
determined by the Federal Emergency Management Agency.
Use of land within a floodway or floodplain is substantially restricted by
Article XXIV of the Union County Land Use Ordinance.
Site Data:
Tax Parcel: 06-063-120
Restrictive Covenants DB 399 PG 577
Setbacks:
Front 65'
Side 15'
Rear 40'
NOTES
1. Areas computed using coordinate geometry.
2. This property may be subject to right of ways,
easements, restrictions and covenants either
recorded or implied.
3. All distances shown are horizontal ground distances.
4. No recoverable NCGS Horizontal Control Monument
located within 2000 feet of subject property.
5. Rebar set at all corners unless otherwise noted.
6. Broken lines indicate property lines not surveyed.
7. All adjoining property owner information is taken
from current deeds and tax records and are
considered as "Now or Formerly".
8. Lawrence Associates makes no guarantees to the
compaction or to the nonexistence of spoils areas.
9. Other underground utilities may exist but their
locations are not known.
10. This map was prepared without the benefit of a
title search. Subject to full title search.
Cherrywood Lane
60' Right of Way
Plat Cab 8 File 2228
State Plane Coordinate values
were obtained using a Topcon
Hiper GPS using Virtual
Reference Stations
(81
cn
06063120
Rebecca and Chad Champlin
Deed Book 6967 Page 250
Plat Cab. 0 File 34
N82°13' 01E
IPF
314.39'
06066120
James and Candance Irwin
Deed Book 6480 Page 366
Plat Cab. B File 222B
Old Lot 9
1.10 Acres
06066120
James and Candance Irwin
Deed Book 6480 Page 366
Plat Cab. B File 222B
Old Lot 10
1.12 Acres
06066120
James and Candance Irwin
Deed Book 6480 Page 366
Plat Cab. B File 222B
Old Lot 11
1.08 Acres
1\18213 20 E 310.32'
06066120
James and Candance Irwin
Deed Book 6480 Page 366
Plat Cab. B File 222B
Old Lot 12
07138085
Edward and Nancy Jones
Plat Cab. A File 135A
rn
z
IPF
FoXton Road
av
60'Right °t 35A
Plat Cab A File
N
z
071380848
Gregory and Harriet Geiger
Deed Book 4075 Page 802
Plat Cab. A File 172B
IPF
0)
tr)
O
z
IPF
Legend
Power Pole
Light Pole
Overhead Electric..
IPF
IPS
xx
P
Iron Pin Found
Iron Pin Set
-40 0 20 40
( IN FEET )
1 inch = 40 ft..
LAWRENCE
ASSOCIATES
106 W. Jefferson St.
Monroe, North Carolina 28112
P 704-289-1013
www.lawrencesurveying.com
Firm License Number: C-2856
Plot P/an for
Michael Irwin
Sandy Ridge Township, Union County, NC
REVISIONS
Orig. scale: 1" = 40' Date: March 19, 2021
Drown By. WML
Drawing file: Recombinotion. dwg Drawing no. 21/63
Job No. 6039

ATTACHMENT 2: AWT Evaluation Map
5

AWF
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem St. Suite 203
Apex NC 27502
P: 919.859.0669
www.agriwaste.com
Preliminary Soil
111
Evaluation
Michael Irwin & Michael Zurat
Union Co., NC
PIN: 06066120
N
L
Soil Type
(As Observed by AWT):
CmB- Cid Lignum Complex
4i
11
Legend
C) Well
2 ft. Contour
Parcel Buffer 50'
CDParcel
O Well Buffer 100'
O Unsuitable Topography
O Standing Water
Soil Boring Depth (in.)
0 <12"
®=12"
• 13-17"
3111
Drawn By: Trevor Hackney
Reviewed By: Chris McGee
Date: 9/1/21
*** This map was created for proposed planning purposes only. It is not intended to be used as a plat or survey map of any type.***

ATTACHMENT 3: Site Plan Drawing
6

24'x36'
A) A r I •
Engineers and Soil Scientists
o
"
�I\t _
%!
3 0'
6
0'
Np
\\\
��
o
O
p
QD
•
0
•
.:
•I
I.
I
I
II
—
I
I
I
I
I
I
8 1.19
IIIIIIII
I
—
0
-�I6
D�
p -,
\
I
I
•
•
82 13 O 1 „E 31 z_,39
�iS TIE F-\
• Y RR°P=RO
— — — SETBA
LI E
1\---
,. o � OilI
����
IIIlllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll 1
IIIII�IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
II IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII I II p
(IIIIIII I I
,dl IIIIII II I
111111�411I p
I � N
I
I illl
OOIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII,.
IliiiiaI IIIII I IIIII o� 1141/
il) II
lil, p I
IIIIIIIIIIIQ II
�I�IQ�I IIIIIIIIII ,.,/IIII!pI / II IIIIIII I
IIIIII IIIIIIII
IIIIII IIIIIII
IIIIIII III
III1*III1 / 10010
11//j/I//IIIillhi/hl
IIIIII IO�I /
ll�l
ri'
!�_
•
—
—
0
\
`
O SB 6
-0- KSAT
p � � �,o p
E
I —
,
o13y�-
•
—
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IIIIII
I
I
Fence
Around Dra►nfield I
\
"
�
3
SB 6,
'5o PROPERTY
— LIN= SETBAO/<
31.32
•
I
I
I
I
\
E
0
�
p
O
y�
•
•
p
•
�°
p
..
p
0
0
z
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
nil Properp
WWTS
Owner nformation:
Hcnael Irwin
6580 3raccoc�
A exandria, VA
[phone]
irwin.mi<ej@gmai
Property nformation:
8404 Foxb6cge
Weccington, NC
Union County
DN# 06-066-120
Roac
22312
.com
give
28104
�
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
F NAL DES GN
\OT RELEASED FOR CONS -RUCTION
�
_,
� A/ p 0
NNInstall
I
E SB 7"
p o
I p 0SB 12"I
• I p N
.I p N
. ,�
I 5
I p
• cJ
-0- KSA T#1
• I
I 0SB 12
• I oSB 12"I -----
•
Install Fence-
Around Dramfield
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
1) 9/1/21
cer comments
from \C HQ
S-EET
Propery
TIE
ayo
DRAW\ BY:
4. Green
CREATED 0\:
6/OL/2021
RELEASED BY:
R-F-ASTD O\:
Sheet
SHTTT \ASSE:
ww.2

ATTACHMENT 4: Profile Descriptions

Parcel ID#: 06066120
Property Recorded: Yes
County: Union
SOIL/SITE EVALUATION
FOR
ON -SITE WASTEWATER SYSTEM
Applicant: Michael Irwin
Address: c/o AWT
Owner: X Agent: _ Phone:
Dates Evaluated: April 2021
Proposed Facility: Single Family Residence
Property Size: —3.3 acres
Location Site: 8508 Foxbridge Dr. Weddington, NC. 28104
Water Supply: On Site Well X Comm. Well Public_ Other_ Evaluation Method: Auger Boring: X Pit
PROFILE 1: Ksat Test Location #1 — L Landscape (5-7% Slone
Horizon/
Depth (IN)
Matrix
Mottles
Mottle
Abundance
/ Contrast
(a)(1)
Texture
(a)(2)
Structure
(a)(3)
Minerology
Consistence
(Wet)
Consistence
(Moist)
A 0-13"
10YR 6/3
-
-
SiCL
GR
SEXP
SS, SP
Fr
Bt 13-35"
10YR 8/2
10YR 5/6
2, m, D
C
ABK
EXP
S, P
Fi
BC 35-44"
10 YR 7/2
10YR 6/6
2, m, D
SiCL
M
SEXP
SS, SP
Fr
Comments: Most Restrictive Horizon KSAT Test, Depth 32"
PROFILE 2: Ksat Test Location #2 — L Landscape (5-7% Slope
Horizon/
Depth (IN)
Matrix
Mottles
Mottle
Abundance
/ Contrast
(a)(1)
Texture
(a)(2)
Structure
(a)(3)
Minerology
Consistence
(Wet)
Consistence
(Moist)
A 0-14"
10YR 6/3
-
-
SiL
GR
SEXP
NS, NP
Fr
Bt1 14-33"
10YR 5/6
10YR 8/2
2, m, D
SiCL
ABK
EXP
S, P
Fi
Bt2 33-45"
10YR 6/6
10YR 7/2
2, m, D
SiC
M
EXP
VS, VP
VFi
BC 45-55"
10YR 7/2
10YR6/6
2, m, D
SiCL
M
SEXP
SS, SP
Fr
Comments: Most Restrictive Horizon KSAT Test, Depth 42"

PROFILE 3: Ksat Test Location #3 — N Landscaue (5-7% Slone
Horizon/
Depth (IN)
Matrix
Mottles
Mottle
Abundance
/ Contrast
(a)(1)
Texture
(a)(2)
Structure
(a)(3)
Minerology
Consistence
(Wet)
Consistence
(Moist)
A 0-6"
10YR 6/3
-
-
SiL
GR
SEXP
NS, NP
Fr
Btl 6-19"
10YR 5/6
10YR 7/2
2, c, D
SiCL
ABK
EXP
SS, SP
Fi
Bt2 19-25"
10YR 6/6
10 YR 7/2
3, m, D
C
ABK
EXP
S, P
Fi
Bt3 25-44"
10YR 7/6
10YR 8/2
3, m, D
SiC
M
EXP
S, P
VFi
BC 44-48+"
10YR 6/6
10YR 7/2
3, m, D
SiCL
M
SEXP
SS, SP
Fr
Comments: Most Restrictive Horizon KsAT Test, Depth 34"
PROFILE 4: Dee n Soil Borin — L (5-7% Slone
Horizon/
Depth (IN)
Matrix
Mottles
Mottle
Abundance
/ Contrast
(a)(1)
Texture
(a)(2)
Structure
(a)(3)
Minerology
Consistence
(Wet)
Consistence
(Moist)
A 0-12"
10YR 6/3
-
-
SiL
GR
SEXP
NS, NP
Fr
Bt1 12-25"
10YR 5/6
10YR 7/2
2, c, D
SiCL
WSBK
EXP
S, P
Fi
Bt2 25-38"
10YR 6/6
10 YR 7/2
3, m, D
C
ABK
EXP
S, P
Fi
BC 38-58"
10YR 7/6
10YR 8/2; 10YR 5/6
3, m, D
SiC
M
SEXP
SS, SP
Fr
AR 58+"
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Comments: Auger Refusal observed at 58"
EVALUATED BY: Chris McGee & Trevor Hackney
COMMENTS:

LEGEND OF ABBREVIATIONS FOR SOIL/SITE EVALUATION FORM
LANDSCAPE POSITION
CC — Concave Slope
CV — Convex Slope
DS — Debris Slump
D — Depression
DW — Drainage Way
FP — Flood Plain
FS — Foot Slope
H — Head Slope
I — Interfluve
L — Linear Slope
N — Nose Slope
P — Pocosin
R — Ridge
S — Shoulder
T — Terrace
MOIST CONSISTENCE
VFr — Very Friable
Fr — Friable
Fi — Firm
VFi — Very Firm
EFi — Extremely Firm
STRUCTURE
G — Single Grain
M — Massive
CR — Crumb
GR — Granular
SBK — Subangular Blocky
ABK — Angular Blocky
PL — Platy
PR — Prismatic
(w in front denotes "weak")
WET CONSISTENCE
NS — Non Sticky
SS — Slightly Sticky
S — Sticky
VS — Very Sticky
NP — Non Plastic
SP — Slightly Plastic
P — Plastic
VP — Very Plastic
MOTTLES
1 — Few
2 — Common
3 — Many
f — Fine
m — Medium
c — Coarse
F — Faint
D — Distinct
P — Prominent
MINERALOLOGY
NEXP — Non Expansive
SEXP — Slightly Expansive
EXP — Expansive

ATTACHMENT 5: NCDA Soil Fertility Analysis
8

NCDA&CS Agronomic Division Phone: [phone] Website: www.ncagr.gov/agronomi/
Report No. FY21-SL031500
"" 4,
, Predictive
, s
r.`; '''1..1 Soil Report Mehlich-3 Extraction
rt 41 ,=
"" ' Links to Helpful Information
Client: James Irwin
8508 Fox Bridge Dr
Matthews, NC 28104
Sampled County : Union
Client ID: 410262
Advisor: Christopher McGee
Agri -Waste Technology
Inc
501 N Salem St Suite 203
/ 5400 Etta Burke Ct
Raleigh, NC 27606
Advisor ID: 394343
Sampled: 04/27/2021 Received: 04/30/2021 Completed: 05/07/2021 Farm: IRWIN
Sample ID: FERT1
Lime History:
Recommendations: Lime
Nutrients (lb/acre)
More
Information
Note: 11
Crop (tons/acre) N P2O5
1 -Hardwood, M 0.3 80-120 40
2 - 0.0
K2O Mg S
20 0
Mn Zn
0
Cu B
0 0
Test Results [units - W/V in g/cm3; CEC and Na in meq/100 cm3; NO3-N in mg/dm3]:
HM% W/V CEC BS% Ac pH P-I K-I Ca% Mg%
0.46 0.82 9.2 78 2.0 5.3 20 29 55 22
S-I
24
Soil Class:
Mn-I Mn-AI1 Mn-Al2
369
Mineral
Zn-I Zn-AI
114 114
Cu-I Na ESP SS -I NO3-N
34 0.0
North Carolina
Reprogramming of the laboratory -information -management system that makes this report possible is being funded
through a grant from the North Carolina Tobacco Trust Fund Commission.
Thank you for using agronomic services to manage nutrients and safeguard environmental quality.
- Steve Troxler. Commissioner of Agriculture
Tobac4. Trust ruirid Co emisskan

NCDA&CS Agronomic Division Phone: [phone] Website: www.ncagr.gov/agronomi/ Report No. FY21-SL031500
James Irwin Page 2 of 2
Understanding the Soil Report: explanation of measurements, abbreviations and units
Recommendations
Lime
Report Abbreviations
Ac exchangeable acidity
B boron
BS% % CEC occupied by basic cations
Ca% % CEC occupied by calcium
CEC cation exchange capacity
Cu-I copper index
ESP exchangeable sodium percent
HM% percent humic matter
K-I potassium index
K20 potash
Mg% %CEC occupied by magnesium
MIN mineral soil class
Mn manganese
Mn-AI1 Mn availability index for crop 1
Mn-Al2 Mn-availability index for crop 2
Mn-I manganese index
M-0 mineral -organic soil class
N nitrogen
Na sodium
NO3-N nitrate nitrogen
ORG organic soil class
pH current soil pH
P-I phosphorus index
P205 phosphate
S-I sulfur index
SS -I soluble salt index
WN weight per volume
Zn-AI zinc availability index
Zn-I zinc index
If testing finds that soil pH is too low for the crop(s) indicated, a lime recommendation will be given in units of either
ton/acre or Ib/1000 sq ft. For best results, mix the lime into the top 6 to 8 inches of soil several months before planting.
For no -till or established plantings where this is not possible, apply no more than 1 to 1.5 ton/acre (50 Ib/1000 sq ft) at one
time, even if the report recommends more. You can apply the rest in similar increments every six months until the full rate
is applied. If MG is recommended and lime is needed, use dolomitric lime.
Fertilizer
Recommendations for field crops or other large areas are listed separately for each nutrient to be added (in units of
lb/acre unless otherwise specified). Recommendations for N (and sometimes for B) are based on research/field studies
for the crop being grown, not on soil test results. K-I and P-I values are based on test results and should be > 50. If they
are not, follow the fertilizer recommendations given. If Mg is needed and no lime is recommended, 0-0-22 (11.5% Mg) is
an excellent source; 175 to 250 lb per acre alone or in a fertilizer blend will usually satisfy crop needs, SS -I levels appear
only on reports for greenhouse soil or problem samples.
Farmers and other commercial producers should pay special attention to micronutrient levels. If $, pH$, $pH, C or Z
notations appear on the soil report, refer to $Note: Secondary Nutrients and Micronutrients In general, homeowners do not
need to be concerned about micronutrients. Various crop notes also address lime fertilizer needs; visit
ncagr.gov/agronomi/pubs.htm.
Recommendations for small areas, such as home lawns/gardens, are listed in units of Ib/1000 sq ft . If you cannot find
the exact fertilizer grade recommended on the report, visit www•ncaor.pov/agronomi/obpart4.htm1s{ind information that
may help you choose a comparable alternate. For more information, read A Homeowner's Guide to Fertilizer.
Test Results
The first seven values [soil class, HM%, W/V, CEC, BS%, Ac and pH] describe the soil and its degree of acidity. The
remaining 16 [P-I, K-I, Ca%, Mg%, Mn-I, Mn-AI1, Mn-Al2, Zn-I, Zn-AI, Cu-I, S-I, SS -I, Na, ESP, SS -I, NO3-N (not routinely
indicate levels fertility Visit www•ncapr.pov/apronomi/uyrst.htm
available)] of plant nutrients or other measurement.

ATTACHMENT 6: KSAT Information
9

Constant -Head Borehole Permeameter Test
Solution: USBR 7300-89 Condition I (Deep WT or Impermeable layer) !File
Name • USBR-7300-89-Cond. I
Project Name •
Project No
Project Location...:
Irwin
Boring No •
Investigators •
Date •
KSAT #1
Solution and Terminology (USBR 7300-89 Condition I)*
T. Hackney & C. McGee
KB = QV/(2rH2)[In{H/r+((H/r)2+1)°5]-((H/r)2+1)°5/(H/r)+1/(H/r))]
Fox Bridge Drive, Matthews, NC
April 27, 2021
where:
Boring Depth •
Boring Diameter:
Boring Radius r •
Soil/Water Tmp. T:
Dyn. Visc. @ T •
32 in (Specify units)
WCU Base Ht. h:
WCU Susp. Ht. S:
Const. Wtr. Ht. H:
H/r**
Dyn. Visc. @ TB.:
10.0 cm***
KB: (Coefficient of Permeability) @ base Tmp. TB °C: 25
8.9 cm
15.2 cm
Q: Rate of flow of water from the borehole
4.45 cm
25.2 cm
H: Constant height of water in the borehole
25 °C
5.7
r: Radius of the cylindrical borehole
0.000891 kg/m•s
0.000891 kg/m•s
V: Dynamic viscosity of water @ T °C/Dyn. Visc. of water @ TB °C
VOLUME
(ml)
Volume Out
(ml)
TIME
(h:mm:ss A/P)
Interval Elapsed Time
Flow Rate Q
(ml/min)
KB Equivalent Values
(hr:min:sec) (min)
(pm/sec) (cm/sec) (cm/day) (in/hr) I (ft/day)
Start Soak
11:20:00 AM
2,990
#VALUE!
11:50:OOAM
0:30:00
30.00
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
2,770
220
12:20:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
7.33
0.5
4.89E-05
4.2
0.07
0.14
2,570
200
12:50:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
6.67
0.4
4.44E-05
3.8
0.06
0.13
2,385
185
1:20:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
6.17
0.4
4.11E-05
3.6
0.06
0.12
2,205
180
1:50:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
6.00
0.4
4.00E-05
3.5
0.06
0.11
2,060
145
2:20:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
4.83
0.3
3.22E-05
2.8
0.05
0.09
1,900
160
2:50:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
5.33
0.4
3.56E-05
3.1
0.05
0.10
1,740
160
3:20:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
5.33
0.4
3.56E-05
3.1
0.05
0.10
1,570
170
3:50:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
5.67
0.4
3.78E-05
3.3
0.05
0.11
Natural Moisture •
USDA Txt./USCS Class:
Struct./% Pass. #200:
Consistency •
Water Table Depth:
Init. Saturation Time:
S, P
Total Time
(min)
Enter KB Value:
3.63E-01
3.63E-05
3.1
0.05
0.10
C; ABK
10+ ft.
Averaged Last 3 Values
270.00
*USBR 7300-89. Condition I exists when the distance from the water surface in the borehole to the water table or an impermiable layer is z3X the depth of the water in the borehole. **H/r z5 - 510. ***Model JP-Ml: h =
15cm, Model JP-M2 (3"): h = l0cm, Model JP-JR2 (2") h = 17cm. Johnson Permeameter, LLC. Revised 12/04/2015
2 9.00
E
8.00
° 7.00
a
ce 6.00
a
LL
3 5.00
4.00
3.00
2.00
1.00
0.00
Flow Rate Q vs. Total Elapsed Time
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Total Elapsed Time (min)
I I I I I I I I I I

Constant -Head Borehole Permeameter Test
Solution: USBR 7300-89 Condition I (Deep WT or Impermeable layer) !File
Name • USBR-7300-89-Cond. I
Project Name •
Project No
Project Location...:
Irwin
Boring No •
Investigators •
Date •
KSAT #2
Solution and Terminology (USBR 7300-89 Condition I)*
T. Hackney & C. McGee
KB = QV/(2rH2)[In{H/r+((H/r)2+1)°'s]-((H/r)2+1)°'s/(H/r)+1/(H/r))]
Fox Bridge Drive, Matthews, NC
April 27, 2021
where:
Boring Depth •
Boring Diameter:
Boring Radius r •
Soil/Water Tmp. T:
Dyn. Visc. @ T •
42 in (Specify units)
WCU Base Ht. h:
WCU Susp. Ht. S:
Const. Wtr. Ht. H:
H/r**
Dyn. Visc. @ TB.:
10.0 cm***
KB: (Coefficient of Permeability) @ base Tmp. TB °C: 25
8.9 cm
15.2 cm
Q: Rate of flow of water from the borehole
4.45 cm
25.2 cm
H: Constant height of water in the borehole
25 °C
5.7
r: Radius of the cylindrical borehole
0.000891 kg/m•s
0.000891 kg/m•s
V: Dynamic viscosity of water @ T °C/Dyn. Visc. of water @ TB °C
VOLUME
(ml)
Volume Out
(ml)
TIME
(h:mm:ss A/P)
Interval Elapsed Time
Flow Rate Q
(ml/min)
KB Equivalent Values
(hr:min:sec) (min)
(pm/sec) (cm/sec) (cm/day) (in/hr) I (ft/day)
Start Soak
11:38:00 AM
3,250
#VALUE!
11:51:OOAM
0:13:00
13.00
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
3,240
10
12:21:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
0.33
0.0
2.22E-06
0.2
0.00
0.01
3,235
5
12:51:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
0.17
0.0
1.11E-06
0.1
0.00
0.00
3,220
15
1:21:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
0.50
0.0
3.33E-06
0.3
0.00
0.01
3,190
30
1:51:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
1.00
0.1
6.67E-06
0.6
0.01
0.02
3,175
15
2:21:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
0.50
0.0
3.33E-06
0.3
0.00
0.01
3,165
10
2:51:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
0.33
0.0
2.22E-06
0.2
0.00
0.01
3,155
10
3:21:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
0.33
0.0
2.22E-06
0.2
0.00
0.01
3,145
10
3:51:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
0.33
0.0
2.22E-06
0.2
0.00
0.01
Natural Moisture •
USDA Txt./USCS Class:
Struct./% Pass. #200:
Consistency •
Water Table Depth:
Init. Saturation Time:
S, P
Total Time
(min)
Enter KB Value:
2.22E-02
2.22E-06
0.2
0.00
0.01
M; SIC
10+ ft.
Used Last Value
253.00
*USBR 7300-89. Condition I exists when the distance from the water surface in the borehole to the water table or an impermiable layer is z3X the depth of the water in the borehole. **H/r z5 - 510. ***Model JP-Ml: h =
15cm, Model JP-M2 (3"): h = l0cm, Model JP-1R2 (2") h = 17cm. Johnson Permeameter, LLC. Revised 12/04/2015
3 1.20
E
a 1.00
1
� 0.80
3
a
LL
0.80
0.40
0.20
0.00
Flow Rate Q vs. Total Elapsed Time
•
.\\'''...------------•-
• •
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Total Elapsed Time (min)
I I I I I I I I I I

Constant -Head Borehole Permeameter Test
Solution: USBR 7300-89 Condition I (Deep WT or Impermeable layer) !File
Name • USBR-7300-89-Cond. I
Project Name •
Project No
Project Location...:
Irwin
Boring No •
Investigators •
Date •
KSAT #3
Solution and Terminology (USBR 7300-89 Condition I)*
T. Hackney & C. McGee
KB = QV/(2nH2)[In{H/r+((H/r)2+1)°5}-((H/r)2+1)05/(H/r)+1/(H/r))]
Fox Bridge Drive, Matthews, NC
April 27, 2021
where:
Boring Depth •
Boring Diameter:
Boring Radius r •
Soil/Water Tmp. T:
Dyn. Visc. @ T •
34 in (Specify units)
WCU Base Ht. h:
WCU Susp. Ht. S:
Const. Wtr. Ht. H:
H/r**
Dyn. Visc. @ TB.:
10.0 cm***
KB: (Coefficient of Permeability) @ base Tmp. TB °C: 25
8.9 cm
15.2 cm
Q: Rate of flow of water from the borehole
4.45 cm
25.2 cm
H: Constant height of water in the borehole
25 °C
5.7
r: Radius of the cylindrical borehole
0.000891 kg/m.s
0.000891 kg/m•s
V: Dynamic viscosity of water @ T °C/Dyn. Visc. of water @ TB °C
VOLUME
(ml)
Volume Out
(ml)
TIME
(h:mm:ss A/P)
Interval Elapsed Time
Flow Rate Q
(ml/min)
KB Equivalent Values
(hr:min:sec) (min)
(pm/sec) (cm/sec) (cm/day) (in/hr) I (ft/day)
Start Soak
11:30:00 AM
2,865
#VALUE!
11:52:OOAM
0:22:00
22.00
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
2,785
80
12:22:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
2.67
0.2
1.78E-05
1.5
0.03
0.05
2,710
75
12:52:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
2.50
0.2
1.67E-05
1.4
0.02
0.05
2,650
60
1:22:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
2.00
0.1
1.33E-05
1.2
0.02
0.04
2,600
50
1:52:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
1.67
0.1
1.11E-05
1.0
0.02
0.03
2,565
35
2:22:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
1.17
0.1
7.78E-06
0.7
0.01
0.02
2,520
45
2:52:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
1.50
0.1
1.00E-05
0.9
0.01
0.03
2,475
45
3:22:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
1.50
0.1
1.00E-05
0.9
0.01
0.03
2,430
45
3:52:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
1.50
0.1
1.00E-05
0.9
0.01
0.03
Natural Moisture •
USDA Txt./USCS Class:
Struct./% Pass. #200:
Consistency •
Water Table Depth:
Init. Saturation Time:
S, P
Total Time
(min)
Enter KB Value:
1.00E-01
1.00E-05
0.9
0.01
0.03
M; SIC
10+ ft.
Used Last Value
262.00
*USBR 7300-89. Condition I exists when the distance from the water surface in the borehole to the water table or an impermiable layer is z3X the depth of the water in the borehole. **H/r z5 - 510. ***Model JP-Ml: h =
15cm, Model JP-M2 (3"): h = l0cm, Model JP-JR2 (2") h = 17cm. Johnson Permeameter, LLC. Revised 12/04/2015
2 3.00
a 2.50
a
ce
2.00
a
LL
1.50
1.00
0.50
0.00
Flow Rate Q vs. Total Elapsed Time
-•
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Total Elapsed Time (min)
I I I I I I I I I I

SFR Loading Rate Worksheet (15A NCAC 02T .0600 ONLY)
Project Name: Mike Irwin
Facility Address:
8404 Foxbridge Road
Weddington, NC, 28104
County: Union
Prepared by:
Trevor Hackney
Project Design Flow = 480 gallday
# of Bedrooms
Required Flow
2 bedrooms
240 gal/day
3 bedrooms
360 gal/day
4 bedrooms
480 gal/day
5 bedrooms
600 gal/day
6 bedrooms
720 gal/day
SFR-LRW 9-08

Potential Evapotranspiration Worksheet (Thornthwaite method)
Project Name:
Mike Irwin
Location of Temperature Data: Charlotte Douglas Airport, NC
Starting Year of Data Record: 1991
Ending Year of Data Record: 2020
Period of Record (years): 30
Source of Data: Natural Resource Conservation Service
Site Latitude (degrees)
35.03 within range
Calculated PET: 34.77 inches
Mean Monthly
Temperature
(degrees F)
Daylight
Hours 112
Heat Index
Calculated
PET
(inches)
January
42.1
0.87
1.19
0.31
February
45.8
0.85
1.91
0.52
March
52.7
1.03
3.53
1.28
April
61.2
1.09
5.94
2.46
May
69.1
1.21
8.54
4.14
June
76.6
1.21
11.28
5.71
July
80.1
1.23
12.65
6.62
August
78.7
1.16
12.10
5.93
September
72.7
1.03
9.82
4.14
October
61.9
0.97
6.16
2.28
November
51.4
0.86
3.20
0.95
December
44.7
0.85
1.68
0.45
Total =
78.00
34.77
SFR-LRW 9-08

SFR Precipitation Worksheet
Project Name:
Mike Irwin
Location of Precipitation Data: Charlotte Douglas Airport, NC
Starting Year of Data Record: 1991
Ending Year of Data Record: 2020
Period of Record (years): 30
Source of Data: Natural Resource Conservation Service
80th Percentile Annual Precipitation: 49.48
January
February
March
April
May
June
July
August
September
October
November
December
Total =
Mean Monthly
Precipitation
% of Mean
Annual
Precipitation
80th
Percentile
Monthly
Precipitation
3.49
8.00
3.96
3.13
7.18
3.55
3.95
9.06
4.48
3.84
8.81
4.36
3.36
7.71
3.81
3.99
9.15
4.53
3.74
8.58
4.24
4.35
9.98
4.94
3.71
8.51
4.21
3.16
7.25
3.59
3.31
7.59
3.76
3.57
8.19
4.05
43.60
100.00
49.48
SFR-LRW 9-08

SFR Irrigation Area Calculation Worksheet (15A NCAC 02T .0600 ONLY)
Project Name: Mike Irwin
Design Flow =
SFR Loading Rate Group:
Limiting Soil Ksat =
Drainage Coefficient =
480
C
0.013
0.325
Drainage Rate =
gal/day
inch/hour
Annual Hydraulic
Loading Rate =
Irrigation Area =
23.53 inch/yr
11,945
0.27423
square ft
acres
0.1014 inch/day (Formula: Ksat " Drainage Coefficient * 24)
Number of
Days in the
Month
PET (in/mo)
Vertical
Drainage
(in/mo)
80th Percentile
Monthly
Precipitation
(in/mo)
Maximum
Allowable
Irrigation
(in/mo)
Maximum
Allowable
Irrigation
(gallons/day)
Maximum
Allowable
Irrigation
(gallons/month)
January
31
0.31
3.14
3.96
0.00
0
0
February
28
0.52
2.84
3.55
0.00
0
0
March
31
1.28
3.14
4.48
0.00
0
0
April
30
2.46
3.04
4.36
1.14
284
8,506
May
31
4.14
3.14
3.81
3.47
834
25,848
June
30
5.71
3.04
4.53
4.22
1,048
31,426
July
31
6.62
3.14
4.24
5.51
1,325
41,067
August
31
5.93
3.14
4.94
4.13
993
30,776
September
30
4.14
3.04
4.21
2.97
738
22,137
October
31
2.28
3.14
3.59
1.84
441
13,677
November
30
0.95
3.04
3.76
0.24
59
1,764
December
31
0.45
3.14
4.05
0.00
0
0
TOTAL = 365 34.77 37.01 49.48
Formulas: (Max. Allowable Irrigation) = (PET) + (Drainage) - (Precipitation)
SFR Loading Rate Table
SFR
Loading
Rate
Group
Maximum Annual
Loading Rate
(in/yr)
Low - High
Geometric Mean
Ksat Range
(in/hr)
Low - High
SFR-A
26.0 - 50.0
>0.05
SFR-B
19.5 - 26.0
0.015 - 0.05
SFR-C
13.0 - 19.5
0.003 - 0.015
SFR-D
0.0 -13.0
0.0 - 0.003
Assignment to a SFR Loading Rate Group for each 15A NCAC 02T .0600
permit application shall be determined by the geometric mean of insitu
saturated hydrualic conductivity data collected in the most restrictive
horizon for each soil mapping unit within the irrigation area.
23.53
5720.25
175,200
Required Flow
2 bedrooms
240 gal/day
87,600 gal/yr
3 bedrooms
360 gal/day
131,400 gal/yr
4 bedrooms
480 gal/day
175,200 gal/yr
5 bedrooms
600 gal/day
219,000 gal/yr
6 bedrooms
720 gal/day
262,800 gal/yr
Maximum allowable irrigation: 175,200 gal/yr
The Maximum Allowable Irrigation number must be
greater than or equal to the required flow.
SFR-LRW 9-08

Appendix G
Engineering Plans

O
J
ec
Pro*ec,_ 0
Pro
J
ec
se
oca
O
ore
e
s,
V
O
So
e
8404
edd°
0
0
oxb
dge Road
\ 28 04
Co„ y
06 066 20
cae
61J80 B�
A exodi-
(1J/ 4
Kev
rm D
\0 aVO So
'M c
,,cge
addoc
a, VA 226
0694
e gmc: co
50 \
Apex,
/9 9'
(9
o ,
Des
Advo
as
819 0669
2JJ 9/0
dso
WC
e a
'4'
g
ace
Dov
ag
ee e e
ag�
a er
7 /L907
^r y
Be&oo
a^dad
gas
ec
Dp
ex Pre,_
e B
5
Res
< Road
7-17-1
Co
eoco
7Thc.
e 70J
aX
duce
480 gpd
on D*scr-ar-ge
D*s
7-1
ec
0
See
7-1
dex
ee
/Thee�
See
ee
/Thee
See
ee
/Thee�
See
ove
r-ope
4.
6: Dn
6: 0
/o
ft
9: 0
0:
e
m0rm,_
ace D
d C
ace
race
ace
race
race
op
MT
ayo„,_
Sys e
o �o
ed
O
7-1
ec
AP
0
PO
ayo
ayo ,
D
e o
Deo0 �
Deo0 See
�
De Hee
Deo0
�ee�
\o es
4
AVVT
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
rw n Propery
WWTS
Owner nformation:
Michael Irwin
6580 3raccocK Roac
A exandria, VA 22312
[phone]
irwin.mikej©gmai .com
Property nformation:
8404 Foxuricge Drive
Weccington, NC 28104
Union County
3 N# 06-066-120
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
VIAL DES GN
\OT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
1) 9/1/21 Der comments
from \C DEC)
S EET TTL=
Soce D
Cover Sre
DRAW\ BY:
1. Green
CREATED 0\:
6y0L/2021
RELEASED BY:
R
-AS
D 0\:
SH
-T \ASS E:
\x/T\x/T-1

24'x36'
A) A r I •
Engineers and Soil Scientists
o
"
�I\t _
%!
3 0'
6
0'
Np
\\\
��
o
O
p
QD
•
0
•
.:
•I
I.
I
I
II
—
I
I
I
I
I
I
8 1.19
IIIIIIII
I
—
0
-�I6
D�
p -,
\
I
I
•
•
82 13 O 1 „E 31 z_,39
�iS TIE F-\
• Y RR°P=RO
— — — SETBA
LI E
1\---
,. o � OilI
����
IIIlllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll 1
IIIII�IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
II IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII I II p
(IIIIIII I I
,dl IIIIII II I
111111�411I p
I � N
I
I illl
OOIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII,.
IliiiiaI IIIII I IIIII o� 1141/
il) II
lil, p I
IIIIIIIIIIIQ II
�I�IQ�I IIIIIIIIII ,.,/IIII!pI / II IIIIIII I
IIIIII IIIIIIII
IIIIII IIIIIII
IIIIIII III
III1*III1 / 10010
11//j/I//IIIillhi/hl
IIIIII IO�I /
ll�l
ri'
!�_
•
—
—
0
\
`
O SB 6
-0- KSAT
p � � �,o p
E
I —
,
o13y�-
•
—
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IIIIII
I
I
Fence
Around Dra►nfield I
\
"
�
3
SB 6,
'5o PROPERTY
— LIN= SETBAO/<
31.32
•
I
I
I
I
\
E
0
�
p
O
y�
•
•
p
•
�°
p
..
p
0
0
z
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
nil Properp
WWTS
Owner nformation:
Hcnael Irwin
6580 3raccoc�
A exandria, VA
[phone]
irwin.mi<ej@gmai
Property nformation:
8404 Foxb6cge
Weccington, NC
Union County
DN# 06-066-120
Roac
22312
.com
give
28104
�
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
F NAL DES GN
\OT RELEASED FOR CONS -RUCTION
�
_,
� A/ p 0
NNInstall
I
E SB 7"
p o
I p 0SB 12"I
• I p N
.I p N
. ,�
I 5
I p
• cJ
-0- KSA T#1
• I
I 0SB 12
• I oSB 12"I -----
•
Install Fence-
Around Dramfield
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
1) 9/1/21
cer comments
from \C HQ
S-EET
Propery
TIE
ayo
DRAW\ BY:
4. Green
CREATED 0\:
6/OL/2021
RELEASED BY:
R-F-ASTD O\:
Sheet
SHTTT \ASSE:
ww.2

AI A f I'
I
I
I\
„milli ly „mil
\
\ IIIIIIIIIIIIIII
�
IIIIIIII
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
I \�
I
�\ lilt'
1111111111111111/
Owner nformation:
6580
A
(571)
irwin.miKej@gmai
8404
Weccington,
Union
D
ownPro
wwTS
Irwin
3raccoc�
exandria
481-0694
nformation:
Foxbricge
County
N# 06-066-120
VA
NC
22312
p er`
R.
.com
Drive
28104
y
I
IMichael
I
I
\ \
\
I
\ e
IProperty
I
\
I
I
I/
\
\
\
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
FNAL 0=SGil
\OT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
/
I
I/
\ /
I
\
I
I
\/
/
\\ /
I
/
I
/
/
I
/
I
I
I
/ic
CO /
/ \
/ \
I
RC
0
I
I
/
/ /
I
'°°°
/ •° 2 /
/ oo°°oo°°o Goo°° /
:0o°O0o°°00°°° °°°o°°°o
/
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
1) 9/1 /21
per comments
from \C-Q
I
♦000000000 0 00'0000oo°ooT� /
/ �
I
I
00000000'0°°00000000
°°°°°°0°° °,°°°°°°°° /
00,7°
•0 00 °0 °0 • ; •0 .0 00 00 00 0 O
o 0 0 . o 0 0 o Z/ /� � .(1 i
: •00°00°°00° o `.° •: o 00°00°00°° �� / J � v i
/ 0 0 0 0, • o 0 0 0 / _ /
• o Oo 0000° •'o00.00000oo0 / ���
0 0 0 ., o 0000S 0
.° o; 00 0 °00 . •00 00 00 00 0
I
o, o s o
10 �d:o 00006 0 00 000000600
o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 // �— i
o. o 0 0 0 0 0
. °o °o °o °o °o °o °o °o °o °o •
Line Legend
S' °°0000 0°0000000000 /� ,,-' ��� ,,—
e °0000000000000 ��
I
Line
Name
Size
Type
��
�\ °°°0,000000° ���%�\
110
DL
Drain Line
4.0"
SCH 40 PVC
0,0 // / �-'
I
AFDL
AdvanTex Fi ter Drain Line
3.0"
SC- 40 PVC
��� �//14do
I
FSL
Field Supply Line
1.0"
SCH 40 PVC
�v • �S ��, •
FRL
Field Return Line
1.0"
SCH 40 PVC
.
0,20,Q.
R •
I
STRL
Septic Tank Return Line
1.0"
SCH 40 PVC
��(yp) '
I
ERL
Effluent Return Line
1.0"
SCH 40 PVC
4 �.�< •
I
HSL
HeadworKs Supply Line
1 .25"
SC- 40 PVC
Na�ate O .
S
Sys/e
EET
rea
T
TL-
-
hen
�
ay0
,_
N
I
HL
Headworks Line
1.5"
SCH 40 PVC
��'c7/S
I
COVPO\i\T
L=C-\D
oi/ • 7
.,,.
PI \i _ I
�� �� I
ric
BV Ba I
CB S Ilce
P
Va
ve
Box
A
-w
Adva n
-eadworKs
ex
Pod
/ //
7 7
. Z X*
\ Gass: • i
7 �
§
___ 6
I
I
I
Sep
ST Se
RT Reclrcu
DT Pump
is
Tank
any
atlon
any
C
P
>
V
Contro
ump
,V Disinfection
> one
AdjLs,_
ST
and
`a0/Ks
P
`o
so
gave
meet
sine
Crla
constra`1,s.
dep`n
no
greater tnon
• • z
99• / /
36 �v �7
D�AW\ BY:
‹. Green
CREATED 0\:
VOL/2021
RELEASE] BY:
R-CAS-D 0\:
Pos't'on
eadworKs
e n
` ove
PT
if space
`s.
I
ff
uen
filter CO C
eanou
�
perm) •
�
SH--T \AN E:
24"x36" Sheet
ViViiim3

AI A f I'
R
40
OVO
20
Oe
,„„,,,„,
I ,,,,,
OO
y
IIGeneral Drainfie_d 1La out. I
En g sneers and Soil Scientists
O
R
40
-
RV2
Re
R
,V
O
Oe
I Su�py Lines I
I / Air re ief valve at top of each zone.
it
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
0
►I
\R
O
O
O
R
e,
OCCc9
O
e
V
a
I
IOeJ
k V
O e
e
�e�
ill �etu rn Lines I
9 I rCneCK va ve, ua valve, anc air relief valve♦� ►♦Apex,
Opl ►� �� I
g C 19 IIIIIIIIIII Illlpplll
011111 OIIIII�I at top of each zone. !IP'�www.agriwaste.com
IIIIIII Suup y/eturn Lines ..
I Vo R IIIIIIIIIII —Air re ief valve at bottom of each zone
IIIIIIIIIII
Owner Micnael
6580
A
(571)
irwin.mi<ej@gmai
Property
8404
Weccington,
Union
3
nil
WWTS
Irwin
3raccocK
exandria
481-0694
nformation:
Foxuricge
County
N 06-066-120
Pro
VA
NC
22312
p er`
Roac
.com
Drive
28104
y
�,OeO�
C
O IIIIIIIIIII —Minimum of 1 cnecK valve every 4 atera s I
IIIIIIIIIIIo
Ba„
Va,Ve
I /
v
\V O III
O C � IllllllplToI
o
�o
CC CO
Drip
Line
, , ,I /
\O
9
\II
��e 3 Spacing
I
\
I II 0
\ I
O /
C
nC �I e
I
•
li i / \
i
•\ VO / e o I
a moo/ �� .
o < F
/ � �.,s!
(C I ,, °
qF
•
I
I
I .
\ . . • '�
\ . .
•
.
\
• I•
•
I \\
• RD SO / 99
I
° o O
• I 3
I
� , � � �\ �
i I
b<s., 99
ii / O
4 6 ',
Feflce I
,/all Inst■
• field
d pram I
•
Aroun
\
•' KSA I I
I. '
\
\ .
\ • \
I
•• I
I
S O\3" .
I
.
(0OOO 7299I I
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
�lA�-s G�
\OT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
0 12' 24'
•
. I z o O
• I /3
• I (0
O
•
• I
• I
. I "h
• I /3 0
• • I O
KSA2
. I
•
•
•
.
•
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
1; 9/1 /21 per comments
from \C DIQ
. I •
2 •
Genera-
Drainfield
Notes:
I
J •
'v
1.
2.
30
taken
C
says
necessary
ear
prior
across
all trees
to
tne
to
tne
proposes
maintain
ess
insta
than
8
la _ion, a
drainfie
99�
12 separation
99
in diameter
grit
d to
of 10
determine
from the
(measurec
30
borings
areas
S-WT.
at
a
where
neignt
sna
be
fill may
3'
from
I KSA I 1 0 '
I O R 9'
O� 0 0 OERTvue
O 9-
I 9 9 R ,� O —
I 0 ��
—
--
ACO
3.
soi
Vegetation
uullec
stumps
surface
that
from
may
tne
from
wil
grounc.
oe ground
_ne
re —grow
arainfielc.
in
Sumps
p
from
ace
a
anal
with
cut
stump
no_ be
"forestry
anal
uusned
cutter"
se stumpec
over. Remaining
or equivalent.
or
I —
I •
•
— — — — '
I ___--• •
O C 2 1 2 99
L
\E
_
Oo
4.
5.
6.
T.
8.
9.
Drainfie
accumulated
Vu
anc
Vaniolc
18"
B
emitter
drOfie
_uuing
Drie
anKing
ne
cning
straw
cover.
manifolc
line
d
d
and
suop
sna
tubing
ayou_
connections.
to
area
crainfielc
sna
material
seeding
y
ue
is
considers
trenches
nave
anc
insta
requirec.
3'
be
as
return
spacing.
shall
sna
rakec
per
ed
anal
5,125
as
ue
ue
lines
of
removec
cone
9rojec_
necessary.
To
.
se
snal
account
bacKfil
al
suecifica_ions.
leaves,
prior
from
ue ins_al
for
ed
to
A
sy
pine
uotentia
tne
laying
minimum
nanc
ed
straw,
drainfie
wi_n
in
out
a
of
blanking,
orcer
ceuris,
d.
driu
minimum
3
tuning.
981
to
etc.
Seed
o-Loyon
' o-
the
protect
Tne
J ----- •.••.
I
. I _ — •
_ —
—
: ___ . • •
ll Fence
Install
rainf1el
A round
S-EET
r
TIE
aceD/pe
-
DTAW\ BY:
‹. Green
CREATED 0\:
VOL/2021
RE�
STD BY:
R-WISED 0\:
RELEASED BY:
TTLTASTD 0\:
SHTTT \APE:
2411x36" Sheet
ww.4

24"x36"
A1A/T
Soil
DripLineTo
I
I/
I\
I
I-Air
I
I
I
I/•
I
\
I
I
. \
. I
• \
•
•
•
•
.
•
\
I
•
.
•
I
I
I
I
I
\
I
\
I
\
\
\
I I
II I I
o I I
I
\
\
\
/ Bra
/.
/ co
/
�� y. h��
P
•
'/r '—)„, ;es.
Se -
/,-,R`
�d. _
Qa S�4
`R
• .
/
/'
. / /
//
i /
0
\
Q--
Z
/
/
yo
/
\
/
—
/
/
/
N
\
C---
\
V
‘,
Genera-_ Drarnfleld Layout:
ouE.
0
eflce
�� rt..
ri '�
8' 16'
Engineers
ineers
and
Scientists
SupI _Ines
-Air re fief va ve at top
Return _i n es
—CnecK valve, ua I va ve,
at t o p of eacn zone.
Supply/Return _fines
re fief va ve at Bottom
-fVinimum of 1 check
.
\ •
V .
.
\ .
\
\
\
\S /__,0
\'RELEASD
_\/
of eacn zone.
and air re fief valve
of each zone
valve every 4 laterals
rotranteld
a
.
.
.
.
•
.
.
•
.
•
.
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Owner
fVicnael
6580
A
irwin.mi<ej@gmai
Property
8404
Weccington,
rW Proper`y
WWTS
nformation:
Irwin
3raccocK
exandria, VA
nformation:
Foxuricg
NC
N# 06-066-120gaS
Roac
22312
.com
e DriveI
28104
/ /
O
\
. •
-
• •
/
OND
Q--
•
•
—
•
�\2
W
Vft
DRAW\ BY:
<. Green
CREATED O\:
6/OL/2021
REV SD BY:
R-VISED 0 \ :
BY:
R-L-ASD 0\:
SH--T \AS E:
WW-5
Sheet

m(NDTE-USE 24"
CAST-IN-PLAC
❑RENC❑ RISE
ADAPTE
6
126
'
'
a
Orenco 24'Orenco
RI Base w/
� ua
6'—.--
--.—
3`
24-
RI Base w/
ua
'
....--2
TOP VIEW
....--2a�
°\•
a a • • ;
INLET
5
TO BDTT
IN
**TOP VIEW MEASUREMENTS
ARE TO WIDEST DIMENSIONS
Cast in Place ❑renco Riser Adapters
4" INLET &
OUTLET BEETS
ON ENDS ONLY
L .. . . :Li },
126°
OUTLET
I
9'
39`
1V AISPACE
■
= A
,WATER LEVEL
l
3'
DM DE 4"
LET
VENT
FLOW
THROUGH
SIDE VIEW 2
*
a 5
°f6
%
° 5-
TO BD
4" O
75' 35'
122'
SHEAF PRECAST SEPTIC INC
4130 WEST US HWY 64
LEXINGTON, NC 27295
PHONE [phone]
FAX [phone]
W W W.SHOAFPRECAST.COM
MODEL: TS 1500 STB
NON TRAFFIC
1500 Gallon Septic Tank
SHDAE-1,500 SEPTIC TANK
STB-390 NON TRAFFIC
LIQUID CAPACITY-1,517 GALLONS/AIRSPACE-10"
TANK HEIGHT-70"
BOTTOM OF TANK TO CENTER OF INLET-6
BOTTOM OF TANK TO CENTER OF OUTLET-59"
LENGTH TO WIDTH RATIO-2 TO 1
SIZE OF INLET & OUTLET-4" PIPE
TYPE OF INLET & OUTLET-POLYLOCK ER EQUAL (MEETS ASTM C-923)
CONCRETE PSI-4000J TANK WEIGHT- 13,000 LBS
REINFORCEMENT PER STATE CODE
m"NOTE-TEE NUT
SUPPLIED
TOM OE
TLET
SCALE - N.T.S.
wm NOTE 1' BUTYL RUBBER
MASTIC SEALANT
CONTINUOUS IN JOINT
7
vd ==ftilaiM51
2' VENT G
SLUT
3'
O 0 0 0
4' FLOW
THROUGH
END VIEW
56'
1. Septic tank to pe approvec by NCDHHS.
2. Leakage testing of tank is recuirec A owap e leakage must not exceec
capacity per 24 Hour perioc.
3. Documentation of tank testing shall be provided to certifying Engineer.
4. Tank risers to extend minimum of 6" above finished grade.
5. Final grading shall s one soi away from tank openings.
STATE
APPROVAL #
SHEAF-1500
STB-390
1 % of tan
K
SEPTIC TANK DETAIL (or equivalent)
N.T.S. SOURCE: Shoaf Precast Septic, Inc.
""NOTE -USE 24'
CAST -IN -PLACE
DRENCD RISER
ADAPTER
150"
144'
renco 24" Riser
\ Base w/ Dal
78" 72"
3"
88"
i
❑renco 24" Riser
Base w/ ud
96"
Cast In Place Orenco Riser Adapters
1. Pump tan< to be approvec
2. Leakage testing of tank is
capacity per 24 Hour perioc.
3. Documentation of tank testing sna I be
4. Tank risers to extend minimum of 6" above
5. Final gracing sha
slope soi
45'
41"
py NCDHHS or Engineer.
required. Allowable leakage
MODEL: MS N❑N-TRAFFIC 3500 PT
NON TRAFFIC MID SEAM PUMP TANK
SHEAF PRECAST SEPTIC INC.
4130 WEST US HWY 64
LEXINGTUN, NC 27295
PHONE [phone]
FAX [phone]
[e-mail]
wwwshoafprecast.com
NC APPRUVAL # 1 PT-2105
LIQUID CAPACITY - 3,516 GALLONS
- GALL❑NS PER INCH - 43.95
PIPE PENETRATI❑NS - (MEETS ASTM C-923)
- C❑NCRETE - 5000 PSI MIN,
- TANK WEIGHT - 18,640 #
- TOP - 9,320 #
- BUTTUM - 9,320 #
- REINF❑RCEMENT PER ENGINEER SPECS
-1 4" BUYTL SEALANT CONTINU❑US IN J❑INTS
FLOW THR000I--
80"
72'
78'
must not exceed 1 % of tank
provicec to certifying
finished grade.
away from tank openings.
Engineer.
2 PUMP TANK DETAIL (or equivalent tank with 1-day emergency storage)
N.T.S. SOURCE: Shoaf Precast Septic, Inc.
3.5"x6°5' CCA
Treated Post
TOP4,>
2nd. 16
3r
4�h 40„
Ground surface
20' (max)
2.5 Gauge
A uminized S
Fence Wire
3.5"x6.5' CCA
Treated Pos
ee
OR
3>5"x / " CCA
Treated Pos
24"
ZO\TAL L
Twist stick
18-24" long
Twisted double
brace wire
\D D
-TA
L
:Fs
ALL B
RAC
Staple
Notch
and/or
spike/toenail
& ANCHOR POS S
\OT- . -our strands are recommended 'or the
perimeter fence. Az a minimum, 2 strands mus be
installed. Fence wire snail not be stapled o trees
72"
0.21"4X0)
Filter Tank Dry Weight: 860 lbs
AX20 800 gal. Recirc. Tank - Top View
pX`
IIfT�� nn'•• ,` ��
noon nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn n noon nn nnnnnnnnm;11
-
Recirc.
Blend
AX20 800 gal. Recirc. Tank - Side View
Orenco UYUnit
Vent
Final Discharge
Splice Box
Recirc Pump
Vault
Splice Box
Final
Discharge
TInner Settings
# of Cycles/day
96
cycles/day
Cycle Volume
17.4
gallons
Cycle Run Time
104
minutes
Cycle Off Time
13.96
minutes
Control Panel Detail
Not To Scale
Float Functions
Y
High Level Alarm
G
Override Timer ON/OFF
W
LLA/RO
42.5" 41„
Y
28"
Orenco Recirc.
Pump System
Orenco UV Unix
VeriComm®
Control Panel
))) Discharge
Liquid Levellnvert
(35' from Bottom
of Tank)
Discharge Detail
Not To Scale
Discharge
(see detail)
32.5"Exterior Invert
(35"is Actual Invert
of Outlet, see detail)
Discharge Chamber - End View
AX20-RT UV ADVANTEX TREATMENT SYSTEM - FOR ILLUSTRATION ONLY
N.T.S.
SOURCE: Orenco Systems, Inc.
11 III 11_ll III III i
III,IIilllITI-1111iI
1—III1 I I=IIR
1 11 1—I I = _
HE
3acK fill
witn natur
material t
surface
Bac< fill
with #78
to midsea
J
�,
1_
1
1'
1
1
_11
1
1111
�1
24" (tys)
�6
U
11 U
1
I
If
F
11
Irl
II
—
11
n
U
1
)
)4'
I
1
11
I
II
f
11 %
1i
D
11
II
Fiperg ass
Reinforced
Beam
1 1 T 1-111-111 111 l 11 T 1"I
1—I � I=111=1 I I=1
=—I I I=111E-11 k
2" min.
3"-6"
—.61111
AVVT
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
rw n Proper`y
WWTS
Owner nformation:
Michael Irwin
6580 3raccocK Roac
A exandria, VA 22312
[phone]
irwin.miKejOgmai .com
Property nformation:
8404 Foxbricge 9rive
Weccington, NC 28104
Union County
D N# 06-066-120
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
VIAL DES GN
\OT RELEASES FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
1) 9/1 /21
per comments
from \C D-C)
S
EET T IL_
„race
eo" S
D
DRAW\ BY:
'K. Green
CREATED 0\:
6/OL/2021
RELEASED BY:
R
SAS
D O\:
SH
-T \ASS
E:
FENCE DETAIL (or equivalent)
SOURCE: AWT, Inc.
AX-RT AdvanTex Anti -Buoyancy Beams
N.T.S. SOURCE: Orenco Systems, Inc.
WW-6

Pipe/Coup/ing
1.25" From PT _.
Discharge
Pipe/Coupling
To Headworksf
#2
*Minimum length
or Per Manufacturer's
Specifications
Length=10d*
1.5"
Gasket
1.5"
Gasket
1.5" SCH
80 Union
Length=5d
Note: Supply line
1.0"
Flowmeter
1.5" SCH
80 Union
w/ Bushing
TOP LAYER
HEADWORKS
1.5" SCH
80 Union
1.5" SCH
80 Union
1.5..
Gasket
1.5"
Gasket
1.5"
I.
OX #1
1" Street elbow
ss(@45°
into bottom
of 1" Union.)
3/4" Union (@_t
45° into bottom
of spin clean
filter.)
1" Gasket
Pipe/Coupling
1" Flex PVC
1" Union
45° Soc x spig
street elbow
Valve
-Valve
Union
BOTTOM LAYER
enetrations to be at least 18" below top of box
HEADWORKS BOX #1 - TOP VIEW
N.T.S.
(or equivalent)
1" Street elbow
Pipe/Coupling
From
Headworks #1
W 1" Gasket
1.0"
HEADWORKS
��111111�,:,14
Nme,i4te �����IIIIIII e
1.0" Union
1.0"
Nipple
tbe
y I �IIIIIIII10
II�e
Solenoid
Valve
1.0"
Nipple
tbe
IMO
IND
OX #2
Union
1" Gasket
To Drainfield
Pipe/Coupling
To Drainfield
To Drainfield
To Drainfield
ote: Return lone penetrations to be at least 18" below top o
ox
2
HEADWORKS BOX #2 - TOP VIEW
WW-7
N.T.S.
(or equivalent)
FROM PUMP
TANK I ■HLowoot,
FLOWN 1
ffi
TO SEPTIC TANK
11
Air/Vaccum
Increasing Elevation
Zone Supply Line
1►
NOTE:
Dripfield Supply
and Return Lines
to be buried with
a minimum of 18"
of cover.
DRIP LINE
CONNECTION TO
MANIFOLD
LOOP CONNECTION
Emitter Wetted/
Area = 6sgft.
DRIP TUBING
0.61 GPH @
24" emitter spacing
36' drip line spacing
Zone Return Line
Common Return
Line
Check
Valve
Ball
Valve
Xkl
FROM OTHER ZONES
VA
V
(SHoo O/-1
TO' y)
B
X
AIR RELEASE VALVE DETAIL
N.T.S.
3 FEET MINIMUM
DRIPLINE
DRIPLINE
*NO BLANK DRIPLINE REQUIRED ON 3' SPACING
DRIP LINE LOOP DETAIL
N.T.S. (or equivalent)
FINISHED GRADE
PVC PIPE /////i4
PVC TEE
EARTHEN DAM IN TRENCH
TO PREVENT FLOW ALONG
FLEX PVC LOOP
6
TYPICAL DRIP LINE INSTALLATION
WW-7
N.T.S.
/
\
/
\
\/
18"
TRENCH
BOTTOM
BACKFILL
\/
FLEXIBLE PIPE
A A
12"
SEPARATION
ADAPTER
DRIPLINE
USE TRENCH SIDES TO
SUPPORT FLEXIBLE PIPE
PVC TEE'S ON SUPPLY
& RETURN MANIFOLDS
(ROTATED AT -45°)
FLEXIBLE PIPE
(GLUED INTO MANIFOLD)
PVC REDUCING TEE
(ROTATED TO -45°)
ADAPTER
DRIPLINE
PVC MANIFOLD
AVVT
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
rw n Proper`y
WWTS
Owner nformation:
Michael Irwin
6580 3raccocK Roac
A exandria, VA 22312
[phone]
irwin.miKej@gmai .com
Property nformation:
8404 Loxbricge 9rive
Weccington, NC 28104
Union County
°N# 06-066-120
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
VIAL DES GN
\OT RELEASES FOR CONS -RUCTION
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
1) 9/1/21 per comments
from \C DEQ
S
EET T
S,r
Deo
a
TL=
ce D
Seey
DRAW\ BY:
�. Green
CREATED 0\:
6/04/2021
RELEASED BY:
R
_L
SAS
D 0\:
SH
IT \ASS
E:
TYPICAL DRAINFIELD CONFIGURATION (for illustration only)
N.T.S. (or equivalent)
SUPPLY AND RETURN LINE CONNECTION DETAIL
N.T.S.
W\XJ-7

*NOTES
nsta I Sampling Spigot Witn Pump Tank Discharge Line.
nsta I eacworks Riser(s) over ton of pump tan< if space
—Al risers to extend 6" above finished grade.
System piping anc concuit to maintain 18" cover (except w
Safety Net with
Quick Disconnect
6" above ground
surface
Undisturbed
Earth
4" Sch 40 PVC
4-' ``r.i
Compacted
Backfill
'iroq
ERL STRL
Ball Valve (2)
permits (see WW3).
here notec).
Safety Net with 4
Quick Disconnects
Cast In Place
Riser Adapters
Clean, Tamped Backfill
1500—gal. Baffled Septic Tank
.••••••••••••••••••••••%
Undisturbed Earth
Baffle
Holes
Effluent /
Filter
(FTP 0854-36—NC)
One Piece
Riser
Clean, Tamped
Backfill
4" Sch 40 PVC
III_ III
Undisturbed
Earth to
Support Pipe
#78 Gravel
#57 Gravel
AdvanTex RT Unit
(AX20—RT)
6" (min) Gravel Bed
Undisturbed Earth
Vent
Splice Box
r�
Conduit
18" burial
Slope soil away
from unit
Return Line
(STRL)
Union with
Flow Orifice
Recirculation
Transfer Line
Recirculation
Return Valve
6" above ground
surface
\\/ \ /
Clean, Tamped
Backfill
3" Sch 40 PVC Discharge Line
Recirculation
Pump Vault
Compacted Backfill
4"x6" Support Post
Bury 36" min in
natural soil.
Safety Net with
Quick Disconnect
Clean, Tamped
Backfill
Cast In Place
Riser Adapter
UV Unit
3500—gal. Pump Tank
Control Panel
24" above ground
(min.)
Rain Sensor
6" above ground
Safety Net with surface
Quick Disconnect
Conduit
18" burial
Cast In Place
Riser Adapter
PE/HWA 65" �Io
TE 27"
LWA/RO 21"
*AII Float Distances Referenced
from Interior of Tank Floor
III III III I I
Undisturbed Earth
Splice Box
or LB
Clean, Tamped
Backfill
Discharge
Assembly
Headworks
Unit
(Spin Filter,
Flow Meter,
Return Valve)
18" Min.
Riser or Box
Enclosure
Splice Box
or LB
18" Min.
III III II
Undisturbe
Earth
Headworks
Unit
(Supply Valves)
18" Min.
Grovel
6" above ground
surface
18" Min.
To Drain
Field
SYSTEM PROFILE VIEW
NTS
SOURCE: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
lopthE Tank.
Droilikito breed rltr I EL Al rieluNd c`
Pipe litroglii to &o p`I, Tam
SIDp. Dr Pipe o Sean Tan
Cidround SensIM 14.: Ur*
Cv1 &RV gligot Told
Elovalr-i at try or Sepht Tank. cur'
Dmta rwe 1 o I n t it i*1 Irorrilekp
Elirealion at l r I Wert
[ r l :ir& I:; Cird 11-11fril TOP
EItlwtiIan
v 4: T
Externd EkPtIorn l of tank ElevelSon
Gravel fled Thickness
ern Eiroyalcir Ei°rnIpc-I
Pi ..Iuj I-I,1I I (rPWGIxI
PurriD 'riri.
643 ti CI) i t
1 FiXit&
643 CO A
12 CC kr
1CO1t
1 (CI It
O92 tt
1E411i.Ft
1con�
IMO 9' n®
5no
6:z: IT It
El I:* II
' . I! i 11
AdvanTtm RT Pod
Pipe
p'a 1 rorr ` 7 13 12131i
GretrI' i Skid are a1 Pox
r . ®. Frr IA li! • r':.ici
F
EI r■ Intl Ccilk. Hielghi
Mannar ID ill rat. From lap
Eltnrailkail TAW'''+
tdi0 ..I: - tie! frverl I' I2
Eleirtilitori SI OWN ler Uri
h1 o 1 Pad
1Ih Ldrarn)
Ekotterce E Wr a I ICI at PId doh =
Pliki Eh! I FLI I I i T�
In lemur Fk r
Gravel Bee " surco es
Bolinrri El Ex' a'rali i Ela'ialxon
illatimanriti Pd Igem Unionist
LINN Wakerffiladitniail OI'I'
Pump Deerndo
lifIgh WSW Munk
642 Tn
3CO
rt
O25 R
-, 71 IN) 0
O in
�I 6 'o n
2.15t�
3 27 A.
I73n.
in
.III Its
-1i 3 `7)0 !I
021 III
iar 02 3:
in
153650It
Hpirit
r ark Fbair In
41
42 5
Pimp TEEL
Pip WO 'ID Pip'
Pipe Length
Eleveter al Inlet Verart
r_) 110 h. vae.1 Eximr Top
E ti: '" :i• -iI I I: o.: P61-1I;)
Lr =o al Pump rank
Clover ogK-' Pj Tip =r.r�k
r I:Iw.rgi Tar'. 11k' 3'
E i:tl•!ii ` e T: u EL
T TI'` k-iivt4
Eitheilmo al Tank Floor
al pump 1--' off Fj
Gravel Tflicknosa
EIVIrdeOn
FItie R
Lew V'Ii' i 1 Cp'=dR'_Ma n i Cir
-Firmer Enable
E h ti,MI •II'
L 111 II Lie I I
3OD
O25 ft
fag 28 It
rt
35 sgin
217 rt
631 91A
1
I I -I
153228 rt
632 TS rt
E in
01.44 Ilt
Hepitill
Tan FI1`nh
21
27
ANT
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
rw n Proper`y
WWTS
Owner nformation:
Michael Irwin
6580 3raccoCK Roac
A exandria, VA 22312
[phone]
irwin.miKej@gmai .Com
Property nformation:
8404 Eoxbricge OrIVe
Weccington, NC 28104
Union County
D N# 06-066-120
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
VIAL O=SGN
\OT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
1) 9/1/21 per comments
from \C DEC)
S
EET T
TL-
S,rrace
Deo S
ee
DPAW\ BY:
'K. Green
CREATED 0\:
6/OL/2021
R EV
S
O BY:
R
-VISED 0\:
RELEASED BY:
R
_L
SAS
O 0\:
SH
-T \APP
E:
SYSTEM ELEVATIONS
SOURCE: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
WW-8

3,500 gal
i
=L80
Head
Wor-<s
3
Q-L80
3d
Q=L80 gpd
3
3d
AdvanTex
AX-20R Sod
w/ InT,egraL
Recnc, Tan-<
4-ER
ore
Q=480 gpd
Q
LDS gpc1
ST
500 geJ
Q=955 gpd
Sur "ace Drlo FleLd
- 3 Zone
5,125 L near Fee
(3,981 minD
SOURCE: AWT, Inc.
90° Elbow
Reducing
Tee
Pump Tank
Outlet Riser
Safety Net
Pressure —Rated
Flexible Pipe
Camlock Fitting
w/ Coupling
0
1.25" Pumu
Discharge Line
L
� 1 �
1" Spigot
Grounc
Surface
90° Elbow
18" (min,)
Ball Valve
Grommet
90° Elbow
\ote: A compo5e51s to be
SC 40 PVC excep 1 wne-e
noted.
To
Heacwor
Unit
KS
Concrete Suuuort
Pac 1 8"x18"x4"
Ceotext
Fabric
e
4"x4" Treatec PosL
48" curial (min)
min 3'
Support
Stra
M
24"
N. COVER
ravel
rain Ho
Galva nizec
Elbow
FRESHWATER SPIGOT DETAIL
N.T.S.
SOURCE: AWT, Inc.
Install Safety Net in Each Access
Riser that does not contain an
Inner Lid
Install Safety Net Below 2nd Riser Rib
Rubber Washer,
Flat Washer, &
Cap Nut or Lock
Nut
Riser
Wall
Riser
Wall
Safety
/ Net
Threaded Eye
Hydraulic Cement
MA320 (or
equivalent)
Cast -in -place
Riser Adapter
Top of Concrete Tank
Safety Netting
NOTE: Install 4 Ring Clamps if
8" (or larger) Filter is Used
Eye Bolt
RISER INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS:
1. Prep Adapter Channel & Riser
1.1. Roughen the bonding surfaces of
the adapter and riser with
sandpaper.
1.2. Use a clean cloth and acetone or
alcohol to clean the bonding
surfaces of the adapter and riser.
The bonding surfaces must be
clean and dry for a good fit and
watertight joint. Let the acetone
or alcohol dry completely.
2. Apply Adhesive
2.1. Apply a bead of methacrylate
adhesive to the outside of the
adapter. One 7—oz packet of
MA320 adhesive is typical for one
24" riser.
3. Install Riser
3.1. If the riser has penetrations, align
the riser correctly.
3.2. Firmly press the riser onto the
adapter until the bottom of the
riser is resting on the concrete
(cast —in —adapters) or the adapter
flange (bolted —down adapters).
Twist the riser back and forth
slightly to fully seat it an to
create a good bond.
3.3. Apply a bead of methacrylate
adhesive to the inside of the
access riser —adapter joint.
3.4. Use a tongue depressor, putty
knife, or clean cloth to make a
continuous fillet on the inside of
the access riser —adapter joint.
3.5. Apply hydraulic cement to bond
outer riser wall and top of tank.
4. Ensure safety net and inner lid are in
place and secured.
FOR RISER WALL PENETRATIONS
Grommet Size, Inches
(Nominal IPS Pipe Size)
Hole Saw Slze,
Inches
1/2
1
3/4
1 1/4
1
1 9/16
1
1/4
1 3/4
1
1/2
2 1/8
2
2 3/4
3
3 7/8
4
5
RISER & SAFETY NET
N.T.S
SOURCE: AWT, Inc.
RAIN SENSOR -\\_,
SINGLE
CONDUIT
(no splices)
CONDUIT
SUPPORT
RISER OR
CORRUGATED
PIPE
CONTROL
PANEL
0000
0
4X6 TREATED POST
� — MOUNT PANEL DIRECTLY
TO POSTS OR TO ALUMINUM
PLATE (GRIND OFF
PROTRUDING SCREWS)
2X4 TREATED - SECURE
WITH 4 - 3" DECK SCREWS
PER POST
2'(min.)
COVER CONDUIT \<%��%�ii.00
MINIMUM 18" \/%/''\'
00
0
0
TO PUMPTANKP
TO POWER SOURCE
INSTALL
MULTIPLE
CONDUITS AS
NEEDED
GRAVEL
TO HEADWORKS
ALL CONDUIT
TO BE 3/4 " (min)
3' BURIAL DEPTH
MINIMUM
CONTROL PANEL DETAIL
N.T.S. SOURCE: AWT, Inc.
ANT
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
rw n Proper`y
wwTS
Owner nformation:
Michael Irwin
6580 3raccocK Roac
A exandria, VA 22312
[phone]
irwin.miKej@gmai .com
Property nformation:
8404 Foxbricge Drive
Weccington, NC 28104
Union County
D N# 06-066-120
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
VIAL DES GN
\OT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
1) 9/1 /21
Der comments
from \C DEC)
S
EET T TL-
„race
e a� s
D
�e
4
DRAWN BY:
'K. Green
CREATED 0\:
6/OL/2021
RELEASED BY:
R
IL
SAS
O 0\:
SH
-T \ASS
E:
DISCHARGE ASSEMBLY
N.T.S.
SOURCE: AWT, Inc.
ZONE SUMMARY
N.T.S.
SOURCE: AWT, Inc.
WW-9

I \ S TA L_ L_AT
0\
NOT
IS
1. Bouncary and Topographical information taken from plat
condiTions vary rom tnose shown on D ans, contact -Engineer
✓a
be
3 anc G S VaDDing.
ore moving forward.
f actua
site
2. Drip field _o be 100' rom any off si_e residence, 100' -rom any well, 15' -rom on site
residence or bui ding-oundation, 100' from any surface water, anc 50' from any property line
(unless otnerwise indicatec). Treatment tanks to be 15' -rom any on site residence or Auilcing
founcation, 100' from any we I, and 50' from any surface water. Verification or tnese setoacks to
De
Aerformec
by contracTor.
3. Dre-construcTion meeting to
L
to c
De helc
Actual instal ation and placement
ocumenT system insta lotion witn
5. ConTracTor s
ootentia
na
I bac
entry points.
6. Invert e
operation.
Kfill arounc
evations of all
7. ngineer ins
required.
8. ConTrac
snail not be
9.
a
a
com
wit
n Certifiec
nsTaller prior to
any construc_ion ac_ivi_ies.
of treatment system to be overseen by Contractor. Contractor
photographs.
a
I access areas sucn
tnaT sTorm waTer is s
Aonents to be verified in fie
AecTion(s), installer certi
or To seec and/or mulc
eft with uncoverec soil.
Upon system comp etion,
signec e_Ter incicaTing sysTem
orovec design.
10. A
11. A
12. Se
13. Ac
system piping to
De SC
gravity elbows to be
ATic Tank to
va nTex
unit. In
D
oc
nave a
to be p
A
n
bication anc
dis
d
ned away from
Ay contractor to insure
engineer certification of insta
urged areas to coincide wi
Contractor to su
was insta
40 PVC.
led
pro
Der
led system is
n existing lanc
scope. Area
only Engineer witn documentation of insta lotion anc
per a3Arovec cesign or no_ing any ceviation from
ong -radius or long-swee
Drovec
acec
ieu of concreTe col
Orenco
on grave
uenT Pi
ping
_ype e
ter moc
bows.
el TTD-0854-36 \C.
Ded. Dour concrete ring around flange of treatment
or, Orenco an_i bouyancy c
14. Onsi_e vacuum anc eak Test required on al tan
minutes. Leak test for 2L hour curation witn water
DocumenTa_ion To be provice To -Engineer.
15. A
cast in
anc
risers to
tan
be c
secures
16. A
wi
nave cast -in tan
K adapters
K adapters and
evices can be used.
Ks. Vacuum tesT aT 5 incnes o g or 2
eve at 2 incnes a
De single -
Dove riser connection.
piece risers Risers s
Der manufacturer's recommendations. Risers to extenc
esigned and maintained to prevent surface
n our (L) 5/16" ciameter screws.
Tank risers to have sa
17. Sam
type
anc valves s
Aline
ety nets or inner
water inf
ids.
spigot to be instal ec on Dump an c
of disconnect) snail be proviced in each pum
nail be of com
18. Spigot to be
nsTallec.
19. IV
uncut
ocatec
ount Control Pane
norizec
access.
20. ConTracTor
21.
Dui
c
o ins
all
Doti
Ise
A c
narge
iscnarge
Ale corrosion resistant materia
on outsic
2
99
e of bui
ow. Risers
to
De gas
ine. A tnreacec
nail be secured to
6" °Dove soil surface
Keted and
union (or equiva ent
ine. Pump discnarge piping fittings
ding witnin 50' of tan
(min.) above finis
nterne
ine or
A
nec
none line
Electrical service from residence to be instal
ng permiT.
22. A
wire to
system wiring to be insta
De U- or W\ rated.
ed in electric°
23. Separate circuits for eacn pum
1 120V, 15 amp). Separate conc
3 anc
a
uit rec uirec
ec
grade.
Ks or ya rc
panel s
o VCOV
nal
contro
by licensed e
conduit
Auriec
De loc
Dane
nydrant sna
kec
De
or secured against
ectrician under tne resic
to a minimum c
e
At
ence
n of 18". A
arm/contro Dane are required (2 120V, 20 am
for pnone or nterne_ ine.
2L. Recirculation Timer Settings:
V - ON/OFF: 1.04 / 13.96 minutes
12 gDm to Doc / L.75 gpm to Septic Tank
25. Pum3 Selection:
Recirc. Dump - Orenco DP3005 1 1
Irrigation Pump - Orenco P-2005 1 1 (Required Rlowrate: 12.5
g
DM,
TD
: 1 1 8.1 ft)
3;
0
D
-RAT
0\
AND V
AI\
\A\C
SC
DUL-
1. A con_racTor or oTner cualified Arofessiona s
system or if system troub eshooting is necessary.
2.
an
Tne Se3_ic
K so ics leve
Tank
annua
uenT
ly. n
3. A c eon ou_ is locatec
cram ine may be clocgec or
shoulc be contactec To unc
tne Septic Tank.
are
otal
5.
El Ter shal
genera , it
nou
d De contacTec
you are uncomforTable or unfami
ar witn opera_ing tnis
De c eanec a_ easT every 6 montns or Der manufacturer's recommendations. Cnec
is recommendec Tnat solids be pumped from tne Septic Tank every 3 5 years.
on tne sysTem just before tne SepTic a
tne Septic Tank may nave too many so
og any b
ockages via
-(fluent from tne Acvan ex treatment
Stec, AWT recommends sam3linc for t
Nitrogen ( \), Ammonia \itrogen (\
✓aintenance o
nomeowner.
tne Ac
system
nese c
s
no II
nK. f licuic
ids in it to
can -ours. A
be sam
pled
ne fo owing parameters;
3 \), anc =eca Co iform.
vanTex treatment sys
em s
nou
d
bacKs uA inTo The house or tne Septic
a low adecuate flow tnrougn. A cualifiec
Dumping con
Der
ota
De conduc
6. ne UV component sna De cnecKed weedy to ensure the alarm
shoulc be cleaned on a 6 montn interval. It is recommended tnat tne
bulb and quartz sleeve wnen it is time to replace tne Du A. This service
7.
ec
t
ractor snou
ne requirements of t
Suspenced Solids
by a certified o
d
De usec
to em
Aty so
K
Se
Dtic
anK, tne
contractor
ids from
ne sysTem permit. f no Aarame_ers
SS), Biological Oxygen Demanc (RODS),
Aerator under contract witn tne
Aulb (on contro Dan
nomeowner (or con
snou Id
e) is not i luminatec Inc UV
racted operator) maintain a
De comp etec by t
ne storage and Dumping component sna De cnecKed week y to ensure Tne alarm
f tne control panel indicates the system is in alarm mode, tne fol
• Stop use of a I water in The residence (To sTo
• Verify tnat the system nos electrical power.
• Contact a cualifiec
A
-low inTo _he
owing steps shoulc
Dump tank),
contractor to inspect tne system (if needec
),
bulb (on
be taken:
ne engagec
con_ro
Dane
certifiec
) is no_
Aulb
pack up UV
operator.
luminatec
f it nos rained recently the Dump may not De operating because the rain sensor is tem3orari y b asking the system from
opera_ing. If This is _he case tnen Tne pump will resume opera ion once iT is dry enough. If The Dump tank is in conger of
overf owing anc continuec rains is expected, contact a septic tank pump contractor to remove a portion of tne licuid in the
pump tank. Tne Dump tank has Deen designed to accommocate approximately 5 cays of effluent storage uncer normal usage. As
a resulT, prolonged periods of rain may cause a pack up of eff uenT in tne sysTem since tne rain sensor DrevenTs application o
effluent onto tne drip fielc.
8.
tan
ac
9.
tne
t is important to inspect tne Dump tank, and components on an annual basis to ensure no solids are bui ding up on
K boTtom, _o ensure tnaT tne pump control switcnes are placed proper y, and _o verify proper pumping o The eff uent. T
ivities wi De hanclec by tne engagec service provicer.
ne oca_ion o
ine is Auriec s
an indication of a
neavy venic
ne supply line snoulc be wa kec weedy
nould De monitored for any wet spots or
ine DreaKage. \o DermanenT structure shal
es or ec
uipment snou d
10. ne crip5ie d snou c
C ogged or worn drip to
shoulc be criven over t
_o ensure tnaT a ine
ocations of excessive
De erecTed over tne
De driven over the Supply and Return lines.
tne
nese
breakage nas no T occurred. Tne area in wnic
vegetation growtn as tnese occurrences may
oca_ions o _he Supply anc ReTurn Ines. \o
be inspec_ed week y To verify proper operation and to ensure crip Ines nave not become
Ding snou d De replaced or, in tne event of minimal obstruction, cleaned. \o neavy venic
ne irrigation area.
camagec.
es or equ
n
De
Dment
1 1 . Vegetation (grass for tnis system) in tne app ication area is critical to tne operation of tne treatment system. Tne
app icaTion area snoulc be a lowec To remain in a natural state; however, Tne area snou d De KepT free o- fa en trees and invasive
weecs. Any saplings or stumps that re grow snoulc a so be removec from the application area by hand anc witnout damaginc tne
crip components. Tne turf snoulc be cue occasions ly to keep The Turf cT a manageab e neignt. CutTing snou c be performed using
a trimmer, scytne, or other metnoc tnat wil not damage the crip tubing. Whee ed or tracKec ecuipment snoulc not be usec. A
soi
sample s
nould
De collected from tne c
12. System fencing sna
nealThy.
I be maintained to
Hp fielc
area to c
etermine appropriate rates of lime anc
prevent numan contact wit
n the treatec
fertilizer application.
effluent and to ensure tne vegetation remains
AVVT
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
rw 1 Proper`y
WWTS
Owner nformation:
Michael Irwin
6580 3raccocK Roac
A exandria, VA 22312
[phone]
irwin.miKej@gmai .com
Property nformation:
8404 Foxbricge Orive
Weccington, NC 28104
Union County
RN# 06-066-120
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
VIAL DES GN
\OT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
1) 9/1/21 per comments
from \C DEQ
S
s
EET T IL
„race
o es
r
DRAW\ BY:
'K. Green
CREATED 0\:
6/OL/2020
RELEASED BY:
R
_E
-AS
D O\:
SH
IT \ADD
E:
WW-1O

A\Arl'
Engineers and Soil Scientists
\\ rafihW 44r- .
o
, , ,
_____ .____
_1 , ,// \
/
/ /
A
7
/ , , , ,
.„,/
I o���� 7
\ ��
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
P
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
,,o�o�o
/
0 / / -� �� -
/ / \ EXISTING
�� ; ' / V \ � WELL
— — — 0
88 ww
Owner nformation:
Michael
6580
A
(571)
irwin.miKej@gmal
Property
8404
8404Wecc
Union
'
rW n
WWTS
Irwin
3raccocK
exandria
481-0694
nformation:
-oxbricge
oxbton,
County
N# 06-066-120
Proper
VA
NC
22312
Roac
.com
give
28104
`y
IIeM,006 OC 0/ >,
/
/ CD -
/ �w o .'.. o
EXISTING w o 0 0
WELL s. o m w
w
Q / R a
�? /.
/ -
� � w EDWARD &
�� NANCY JONES
Lot 39
o
CHAD AND REBECCA
\
A
\
�,
�
O
� \
—
/
�
_ �
XISTING OFFSITE
RESIDE
/ /
, .. ,. ../
630�s...,.
GH tIN ; �/M
Lot 6A
DB 6967 250 -- �`
/
S85°31 '20 "W - -
O �'
/ 314.33'
NINA
�
A'D 1oo51(
_
�
JODI HERZOG
Lot 36
DB 6909/326
/
SONNE
SONNEN•'�
LOT 35
IIII_
RG set e — —
�_ —
I
_ _ — — —
—
PROPOSE / — WELL
LOCATION d -
I
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
T �lAb=S Gil
NOT REbEASED FOR CONS -RUCTION
l0/Ol 00 ROW
��o
I (:::,
I'0//[RRYW000�
�
,---,„, /
\
II
EVIEW/
I BOUNDARY e
-- II
---
—
etibecK
/ /
WELL
EXISTING"
WELL
o �,o
Q oo
SEUNG AND MI YANG � o
/ Q e
Lot 21
/
W
O
rev �� �, eoo�
B1250�097 WELL G I a 1f
/
j
/ w,
— -
26 6I '�� F . .;o
I
I EXISTING
WO /
WASTE
24' . 30'g6.48'
�
k�� ��
BOUNDARY I
\
�.
EXISTING OFFSI'll //
��� ❑MPEIANCE��
RESIDENCE
1 \
/
/
52
ii•5
WILLEM OOSTH/OEK AND -- -
EXISTING
��8.
LAURIE WILLIAMSON WELL /
LOT 22 \� �PROPosED
DB 3284%066/ DRAINFIELD
#
I�
- ----- BOUNDARY
/
,
` '
\D —
1 G
GDRBG4 �ORO5Y/A80N2NARRI� EIGER /
I/
/
/ /
5
�
—
I
/
/
/
/
/
EXISTING
WELL
/
/
'OFFSITE
RESIDENCE7
lcsI
MANAL AND MICHAEL'SCHATTIN � t �, �
LOT 23
DB 6697/033
EXISTING
� STIN
cp
III__ __
�I �
I
1Lo �
C�
�-
-�
�
� 0
/
DAMES AND CANDANCE IRWIN
LOTS1__12-15
480 36 6
DB 6 � /
� ____ - _
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
1 9 1 21 per comments
from \ C DEQ
0WELL
OO
��
/
I
I
AND'TR A CEY BRUBAKER
NATHAN,S
LOT 24
15 8 26 0
DB 7 �
EXISTING
IO I /
\ /
IO
/
��
C
\
��
-
B O �
I
/
/
/
WELL
(DI
---, i
\ \ 1 I I
_,
j
moo_ / 1 1
/
o
\�.... O / /
-
y
DRIV/-0 RO,W
0/OFYSUCKI ,
___ , z
/ 7QD
i
\ .,/ _____-/ 1
S-EET
T
e
TE-
p
/ EXISTING
EXISTING WELL
WELL
CD 0
EXISTING
WELL
Ow
\
/ I
\
/ / IS
�
V / /,�,�d ite
R\ —giro ;�
\
\ 1 1 1 I
\
o
�°
Z
/
/
\ z i /
I .
\ /1
, / / /
RAW \ BY:
4. Green
CREATED 0 \
6/0L/2021
RELEASE] BY:
R-0AS0 0\:
1 , _ --- ----
-- / 0 60' izo'
/ / /
\ EXISTING ' —�
/
WELL I /
\ n
SH T \ASE:
34736" Sheet

Appendix H
System Specifications

Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
SEAL:
Client:
Property Location:
Project Engineer:
Irwin Property WWTS
SFR Wastewater Irrigation System
Union County
Project Specifications
FINAL DESIGN
NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
Michael Irwin
6580 Braddock Road
Alexandria, VA 22312
8404 Foxbridge Drive
Weddington, NC 28104
Parcel# 06-066-120
Union County
Kevin D. Davidson, P.E.
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street
Suite 203
Apex, NC 27502
Date: September 7, 2021

Table of Contents
1.0 General Project Specifications
1.1 Project Description
1.2 Site Description
1.3 Adjacent Property
1.4 Soils and Water Table
2.0 Material Management Practices
2.1 Housekeeping
2.2 Hazardous Products
2.3 Product Safety Practices
2.3.1 Petroleum Products
2.3.2 Fertilizers
2.4 Spill Control Practices
3.0 Site Work
3.1 Construction Roads and Parking
3.2 Tree Preservation and Protection
3.3 Removal of Topsoil
3.4 Addition of Fill Material
3.5 Permanent Seeding
3.5.1 Seedbed Requirements
3.5.2 Soil Conditioner
3.5.3 Seedbed Preparation
3.5.4 Seeding
3.5.5 Irrigation
3.5.6 Mulch all plantings immediately after seeding
3.5.7 Application of Organic Mulch
3.5.8 Anchoring Organic Mulch
3.5.9 Permanent Stabilization
4.0 Installer Specification
5.0 Material Specifications
5.1 Concrete Tanks
5.2 Piping
5.3 Electrical Requirements
6.0 Component Specifications
6.1 Concrete Tanks (Septic Tank, Pump Tank)
6.2 Access Risers
6.3 Drain Line
6.4 Pumps
6.5 AdvanTex Treatment Unit
6.6 UV Disinfection
6.7 Control Panel
6.8 Drip Components and Fence
6.9 Irrigation Headworks

1.0. General Project Specifications
1.1 Project Description
The purpose of the project is to install a wastewater treatment system and surface dripfield to
accommodate wastewater from a four -bedroom single-family residence. The treatment system will
consist of a septic tank, an AdvanTex Treatment unit with integral recirculation tank, UV
disinfection, pump tank, irrigation headworks, and a control panel. The surface drip irrigation
system covers approximately 0.37 acres.
1.2 Site Description
The project site consists of property located at 8404 Foxbridge Drive, Weddington, NC in Union
County (recently combined from lots 9, 10, and 11. The residence and treatment components
will be located to the east of Foxbridge Drive in the central portion of the property. The dripfield
will be located on the southern portion of the property to.
The wooded portion of the drip field is to be partially cleared for the installation of the residence
and drainfield. There are several setbacks that have been considered for the location of the
treatment unit and dripfield. The location of the treatment unit and dripfield are shown on the
system drawings.
1.3 Adjacent Property
The surrounding area at the residence site is suburban and occupied by primarily single-family
residences. The dripfield is to be located a minimum of 100' from any off -site residence, 100' from
any surface water body, and 50' from any property line or public right-of-way.
1.4 Soils and Water Table
The soil in the project area is predominately Lignum series and is above the groundwater table.

2.0. Material Management Practices
The following are the material management practices that will be used to reduce the risk of spills and
other accidental exposure of materials and substances to storm water runoff.
2.1 Housekeeping
The following good housekeeping practices will be followed on site during the construction project.
• An effort will be made to store only enough product required to do the job.
• All materials stored on site will be stored in a neat orderly manner in their appropriate containers
and, if possible, under a roof or other enclosure.
• Products will be kept in their original containers with the original manufacturer's label.
• Substances will not be mixed with one another unless recommended by the manufacturer.
• Whenever possible, all of a product will be used before disposing of the container.
• Manufacturer's recommendations for proper use and disposal will be followed.
• The site superintendent will inspect daily to ensure proper use and disposal of materials on site.
2.2 Hazardous Products
These practices are used to reduce the risks associated with hazardous materials:
• Products will be kept in original containers unless they are not re -sealable.
• Original labels and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) will be retained as they provide
important product information.
• If surplus product must be disposed of, the manufacturer's or local and state recommended
methods for proper disposal will be followed.
2.3 Product Safety Practices
The following product safety practices will be followed on site:
2.3.1 Petroleum Products
All on site vehicles will be monitored for leaks and receive regular preventive maintenance to reduce
the chance of leakage. Petroleum products will be stored in tightly sealed containers which are
clearly labeled.
2.3.2 Fertilizers
Fertilizers used will be applied at recommended agronomic rates. Once applied, fertilizer will be
worked into the soil to limit exposure to storm water. The contents of any partially used bags of
fertilizer will be transferred to a sealable plastic bin to avoid spills.
2.4 Spill Control Practices

The following practices will be followed for spill prevention and cleanup:
• Manufacturer's recommended methods for spill cleanup will be clearly understood and site
personnel will be made aware of the procedures and the location of the information and cleanup
supplies.
• Materials and equipment necessary for spill cleanup will be kept in the material storage area on
site. Equipment and materials will include but not be limited to brooms, dust pans, mops, rags,
gloves, goggles, kitty litter, sand, sawdust, and plastic and metal trash containers specifically for
this purpose.
• All spills will be cleaned up immediately after discovery.
• The spill area will be kept well ventilated and personnel will wear appropriate protective
clothing to prevent injury from contact with a hazardous substance.
• Spills of toxic or hazardous material will be reported to the appropriate state or local government
agency, regardless of size.
• The spill prevention plan will be adjusted to include measures to prevent this type of spill from
reoccurring and how to clean up the spill if there is another one. A description of the spill, what
caused it, and the cleanup measures will also be included.
• , the site superintendent responsible for the day-to-day site operations, will
be the spill prevention and cleanup coordinator. He will designate at least other site
personnel who will receive spill prevention and cleanup training. These individuals will each
become responsible for a particular phase of prevention and cleanup.

3.0. Site Work
The site shall be maintained in an orderly and clean fashion. Debris should be confined to a
common area and removed weekly. The minimum area needed shall be disturbed. Due to the small
footprint of the project, a formal erosion and control plan has not been developed. However,
contractor shall follow standard practices to minimize any adverse effects from the installation of the
system.
3.1 Construction Roads and Parking
Construction roads and parking areas are to be inspected periodically for condition of surface. Top -
dress with new gravel as needed. Check areas for erosion and sedimentation after runoff -producing
rains. Maintain all vegetation in a healthy, vigorous condition. Sediment -producing areas should be
treated immediately.
3.2 Tree Preservation and Protection
Some clearing of trees will be required for the installation of the drain line connecting the facility to
the treatment unit. Care shall be taken to minimize the disturbed area during installation. In spite of
precautions, some damage to protected trees may occur. In such cases, repair any damage to the
crown, trunk, or root system immediately.
- Repair roots by cutting off the damaged areas and painting them with tree paint. Spread peat
moss or moist topsoil over exposed roots.
- Repair damage to bark by trimming around the damaged area as shown in Figure 1 below,
taper the cut to provide drainage, and paint with tree paint.
Cut off all damaged tree limbs above the tree collar at the trunk or main branch. Use three
separate cuts as shown in Figure 2 to avoid peeling bark from healthy areas of the tree.

TREE WOUND
TRIM AND TAPER
Figure 1. Trim bark wounds with a tapered cut, then apply tree paint.
INCORRECT CORRECT
Figure 2. Prune damaged branches with three cuts to avoid peeling bark from the tree when tree trunk falls
from tree.
To the degree possible, the vegetation that is removed during the drain line installation shall be
shredded on site and used to cover the drain line installation. Larger material shall be removed from
the site and disposed of properly.

3.3 Removal of Topsoil
MATERIALS
Determine whether the quality and quantity of available topsoil justifies selective handling. Quality
topsoil has the following characteristics:
Texture- loam, sandy loam, and silt loam are best; sandy clay loam, silty clay loam, clay
loam, and loamy sand are fair. Do not use heavy clay and organic soils such as peat or muck
as topsoil.
Organic matter content- (sometimes referred to as "humic matter") should be greater than
1.5% by weight.
Acidity- pH should be greater than 3.6 before liming, and liming is required if it is less than
6.0.
Soluble salts- should be less than 500 ppm.
Sodium- sodium adsorption ratio should be less than 12. The depth of material meeting the
above qualifications should be at least 2 inches. Soil factors such as rock fragments, slope,
depth to water table, and layer thickness affect the ease of excavation and spreading of
topsoil. Generally, the upper part of the soil, which is richest in organic matter, is most
desirable; however, material excavated from deeper layers may be worth storing if it meets
the other criteria listed above. Organic soils such as mucks and peats do not make good
topsoil. They can be identified by their extremely light weight when dry.
STRIPPING
Strip topsoil only from those areas that will be disturbed by excavation, filling, road building, or
compaction by equipment. A 4-6 inch stripping depth is common, but depth varies depending on the
site. Determine depth of stripping by taking soil cores at several locations within each area to be
stripped. Topsoil depth generally varies along a gradient from hilltop to toe of the slope. Put
sediment basins, diversions, and other controls into place before stripping.
STOCKPILING
Select stockpile location to avoid slopes, natural drainage ways, and traffic routes (also applies to fill
soil stockpiles). Re -spreading is easier and more economical when topsoil is stockpiled in small
piles located near areas where they will be used.
Sediment barriers- Use sediment fences or other barriers where necessary to retain
sediment.
Temporary seeding- Protect topsoil stockpiles by temporarily seeding as soon as possible,
no more than 21 calendar days after the formation of the stockpile
Permanent vegetation- If stockpiles will not be used within 90 days they must be stabilized
with permanent vegetation to control erosion and weed growth.
SITE PREPARATION
Before spreading topsoil, establish erosion and sedimentation control practices such as diversions,
and berms as needed.

Grading- Maintain grades on the areas to be topsoiled according to the approved plan and
do not alter them by adding topsoil.
Limit of subsoil- Where the pH of the existing subsoil is 6.0 or less, or the soil is composed
of heavy clays, incorporate agricultural limestone in amounts recommended by soil tests or
specified for the seeding mixture to be used. Incorporate lime to a depth of at least 2 inches
by disking or raking.
Roughening- Immediately prior to spreading the topsoil, loosen the subgrade by disking or
scarifying to a depth of at least 4 inches, to ensure bonding of the topsoil and subsoil. If no
amendments have been incorporated, loosen the soil to a depth of at least 6 inches before
spreading topsoil.
SPREADING TOPSOIL
Uniformly distribute topsoil to a minimum compacted depth of 2 inches. Do not spread topsoil
while it is frozen or muddy or when the subgrade is wet or frozen. Correct any irregularities in the
surface that result from topsoiling or other operations to prevent the formation of depressions or
water pockets. Compact the topsoil enough to ensure good contact with the underlying soil, but
avoid excessive compaction, as it increases runoff and inhibits seed germination. Light packing with
a roller is recommended where high -maintenance turf is to be established.
On slopes and areas that will not be mowed, the surface may be left rough after spreading topsoil. A
disk may be used to promote bonding at the interface between the topsoil and subsoil. After topsoil
application, follow procedures for seedbed preparation, taking care to avoid excessive mixing of
topsoil into the subsoil.
3.4 Addition of Fill Material
MATERIALS
To maintain a consistent separation depth to SHWT conditions, some fill soil will be required in
low/rutted spots within the proposed utilization areas. Natural topography is ideal to shed
surface water, and this will not be adjusted.
Up to 6 inches of suitable fill soil may be required in these isolated spots. Final determination
will be made by the contractor and soil scientist. Low areas should be filled so that no water
collects or ponds. Allowances should be made for settling of the soil. The present soil surface
texture is sandy loam and offers a good infiltrative surface. Fill material shall have the following
characteristics:
1) Coarse fragments as defined by USDA (2 mm to 3.0 inches) shall not exceed 10% by
volume of the volume of the fill material.
2) Fill material shall not contain more than 5% organic matter (including leaf debris,
twigs, sticks, etc.)
3) Fill material shall not include any construction debris such as bricks, concrete,
construction wood materials, or any components or fragments of such.
4) Fill material shall classify under one of the following USDA soil texture classes:

sandy loam, loam, or silt loam. Particle size analysis may be confirmed by a third -party
testing laboratory if necessary.
5) With 6 inches of fill added in low-lying or rutted areas, the depth to SHWT will allow
buffer to maintain minimum depth to SHWT of 12 inches after installation and operation.
Light tillage of the fill with the topsoil should occur if compaction is a concern, however,
this tillage should not exceed 6 inches below the natural soil surface. Removal of
existing vegetation prior to fill addition is necessary to allow a good gradation between
fill and present soil surface.
It is recommended that borings be performed in spots which are filled to confirm adequate
SHWT separation upon completion of installation and prior to start-up. The contractor should
ensure that proper seeding and compaction practices are followed.
APPLICATION
Specific fill application details may vary from site to site, for this site:
1) Vegetation 8" or less in diameter shall be removed by hand or with small tracked
equipment to prevent native soil loss and compaction.
2) Provide sufficient fill to achieve 12" separation to the SHWT.
3) Fill is to be applied in multiple lifts if necessary.
4) Light tillage of the fill with the topsoil should occur, however, this tillage should not
exceed 4 inches below the natural soil surface.
5) Extend fill material 5 feet beyond the wetted area and blend into the natural contours.
6) Compact the fill material to 1.1-1.3 g/cm3.
7) Surface shall be graded to a final grade that matches the natural grade to provide uniform
drainage.
8) No site work shall be done when the conditions are wet, to avoid excess compaction.
9) Avoid placing fill material around large trees to prevent tree death (an arborist can
provide more guidance on tree protection).
10) Field shall be seeded with temporary vegetation suitable for the specific time of year. If
construction is complete in the following windows, permanent seeding can take place
immediately: February 15 through April 15, or September 15 through November 15.
Once final fill has been placed, a soil fertility sample shall be taken. Seeding can occur
immediately with the following amendments:
Ag-Lime: 280-300 pounds
10-10-10 Fertilizer: 51 pounds
The soil test recommendations will be used to supply additional amendments as needed.
Temporary seeding shall include the following species and rates: Annual ryegrass or
ryegrass blend with other small grains, at 10 pounds per 1000 square feet, lightly tilled or
raked into the top 0.5-1.0 inch of topsoil, cultipack or roll lightly, and cover with straw or
other shade cover. Follow with permanent fescue seeding in the appropriate dates, with
the September 15- October 15 window preferred.
FERTILITY ANALYSIS

Upon addition of the fill, a soil sample will be taken for fertility analyses. Soil test recommendations
will be followed for pH adjustment and nutrient amendments for N, P, and K to help with grass
establishment. Soil amendments may be applied pre or post construction.
3.5 Permanent Seeding
3.5.1 SEEDBED REQUIREMENTS
Establishment of vegetation should not be attempted on sites that are unsuitable due to inappropriate
soil texture, poor drainage, concentrated overland flow, or steepness of slope until measures have
been taken to correct these problems.
To maintain a good stand of vegetation, the soil must meet certain minimum requirements as a
growth medium. The existing soil should have these criteria:
Enough fine-grained (silt and clay) material to maintain adequate moisture and nutrient
supply (available water capacity of at least .05 inches of water to 1 inch of soil).
Sufficient pore space to permit root penetration.
Sufficient depth of soil to provide an adequate root zone. The depth to rock or impermeable
layers such as hardpans should be 12 inches or more, except on slopes steeper than 2:1 where
the addition of soil is not feasible.
A favorable pH range for plant growth, usually 6.0-6.5.
Freedom from large roots, branches, stones, large clods of earth, or trash of any kind. Clods
and stones may be left on slopes steeper than 3:1 if they are to be hydroseeded.
If any of the above criteria are not met (i.e., if the existing soil is too coarse, dense, shallow, or acidic
to foster vegetation) special amendments are required. The soil conditioners described below may be
beneficial.
3.5.2 SOIL CONDITIONERS
In order to improve the structure or drainage characteristics of a soil, the following materials may be
added. These amendments should only be necessary where soils have limitations that make them
poor for plant growth or for fine turf establishment.
Peat Appropriate types are sphagnum moss peat, hypnum moss peat, reed -
sedge peat, or peat humus, all from fresh -water sources. Peat should
be shredded and conditioned in storage piles for at least 6 months
after excavation.
Sand clean and free of toxic materials.
Vermiculite horticultural grade and free of toxic substances.
Rotted manure stable or cattle manure not containing undue amounts of straw or
other bedding materials.
3.5.3 SEEDBED PREPARATION

Complete grading according to the approved plan before seeding. Below are steps to take in order to
prepare the seedbed for planting.
• Chisel compacted areas and spread topsoil 3 inched deep over adverse soil conditions, if
available.
• Rip the entire area to 6 inches deep.
• Remove all loose rock, roots, and other obstructions leaving surface reasonably smooth and
uniform.
• Apply agricultural lime, fertilizer, and superphosphate uniformly and mix with soil (section 4.6).
• Continue tillage until a well pulverized, firm reasonably uniform seedbed is prepared 4 to 6
inches deep.
• Seed on a freshly prepared seedbed.
• Mulch immediately after seeding and anchor mulch (section 8.3).
Apply lime and fertilizer evenly and incorporate into the top 4-6 inches of soil by disking or other
suitable means. Operate machinery on the contour. When using a hydroseeder, apply lime and
fertilizer to a rough, loose surface.
Roughen surfaces. Complete seedbed preparation by breaking up large clods and raking into a
smooth, uniform surface. Fill in or level depressions that can collect water. Broadcast seed into a
freshly loosened seedbed that has not been sealed by rainfall.
3.5.4 SEEDING
Seeding dates given in the manufacturer's seeding mixture specifications are designated as "best" or
"possible". Seedings properly carried out within the "best" dates have a high probability of success.
It is also possible to have satisfactory establishment when seeding outside these dates. However, as
you deviate from them, the probability of failure increases rapidly. Seeding on the last date shown
under "possible" may reduce chances of success by 30-50%. Always take this into account in
scheduling land -disturbing activities.
Use certified seed for permanent seeding whenever possible. Certified seed is inspected by the
North Carolina Crop Improvement Association. It meets published North Carolina Standards and
should bear an official "Certified Seed" label.
Labeling of non -certified seed is also required by law. Labels contain important information on seed
purity, germination, and presence of weed seeds. Seed must meet State standards for content of
noxious weeds. Do not accept seed containing "prohibited" noxious weed seed.
Apply seed uniformly with a cyclone seeder, drop -type spreader drill, cultipacker seeder, or
hydroseeder on a firm, friable seedbed.
When using a drill or cultipacker seeder, plant small grains no more than 1 inch deep, grasses and
legumes no more than 2 inch. Equipment should be calibrated in the field for the desired seeding
rate.

When using broadcast -seeding methods, subdivide the area into workable sections and determine the
amount of seed needed for each section. Apply one-half the seed while moving back and forth across
the area, making a uniform pattern; then apply the second half in the same way, but moving at right
angles to the first pass (Figure 13).
Cover broadcast seed by raking or chain dragging; then firm the surface with a roller or cultipacker
to provide good seed contact.
3.5.5 IRRIGATION
Moisture is essential for seed germination and seedling establishment. Supplemental irrigation can
be very helpful in assuring adequate stands in dry seasons or to speed development of full cover.
Assess the need for irrigation when the seeding is conducted.
Water application rates must be carefully controlled to prevent runoff. Inadequate or excessive
amounts of water can be more harmful than no supplemental water.
3.5.6 MULCHING
Mulch all plantings immediately after seeding. Select a material based on site and practice
requirements, availability of material, labor, and equipment. Table 6.14a lists commonly used
mulches and some alternatives.
Before mulching, complete the required grading, install sediment control practices, and prepare the
seedbed. Apply seed before mulching except in the following cases:
- Seed is applied as part of a hydroseeder slurry containing wood fiber mulch.
- A hydroseeder slurry is applied over straw.
3.5.7 APPLICATION OF ORGANIC MULCH
Organic mulches are effective where they can be tacked securely to the surface.
Spread mulch uniformly by hand, or with a mulch blower. When spreading straw mulch by hand,
divide the area to be mulched into sections of approximately 1,000 ft2, and place 70-901b of straw (1
to 2 bales) in each section to facilitate uniform distribution (See Table below). After spreading
mulch, no more than 25% of the ground surface should be visible. In hydroseeding operations, a
green dye, added to the slurry, assures a uniform application.
3.5.8 ANCHORING ORGANIC MULCH
Straw mulch must be anchored immediately after spreading using vegetation.
Rye (grain) may be used to anchor mulch in fall plantings, and German millet in spring. Broadcast at
15 lb/acre before applying mulch.
3.5.9 PERMANENT STABILIZATION
Permanent stabilization is needed in graded or cleared areas subject to erosion and where a
permanent, long-lived vegetative cover is needed. Typically, disturbed portions of a site where
construction activities have permanently ceased will be stabilized with permanent seeding no later
than 14 days after the last construction activity. This method will not provide erosion control cover

or prevent soil slippage on soils that are not stable due to soil texture or structure, water movement
or excessively steep slopes. In some areas, it may be necessary to install erosion or sediment control
practices such as dikes, contour ripping, erosion stops, channel liners, sediment basins, diversions,
subsurface drainage, or other practices.
Prior to seeding, 1,000 lbs/ac of a 12-12-12 or equivalent fertilizer and lime according to soil test or
in lieu of soil test, 4,000 lbs/ac of ground agricultural limestone shall be worked into the soil to a
depth of 3 inches.
Seed should be applied uniformly at a depth of 1/4 to 2 inch with appropriate equipment. Except on
very flat slopes and ideal seeding conditions, small grain straw should be applied at a rate of 3,000 to
4,000 lbs/ac using appropriate mulch anchoring techniques. Other mulch materials can be used
except under adverse conditions or steep slopes; grain straw should be adequate.

4.0 Installer Specification
- Installer to maintain Class IV installer License per NCOWCICB.
- Installer to document installation history of advanced pretreatment systems and surface
application systems.

5.0 Material Specifications
5.1 Concrete Tanks
All concrete tanks are to be State approved tanks.
5.2 Piping
All drainlines and piping to be SCH 40 PVC. Non -pressure drain lines can be DWV.
Sweeping style elbows to be used on gravity lines. All pressure lines to be pressure rated
SCH 40 PVC. All pressure lines to be cut with a hand ratcheting style cutter or wheel style
cutter. PVC saws shall not be used to cut pressure pipe.
5.3 Electrical Requirements
Installer shall install all electrical fittings from the control panel to the individual treatment
components and pumps. Installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's
specifications. Qualified electrician or local power utility shall bring power to panel and
energize panel.

6.0 Component Specifications (information following)
6.1 Concrete Tanks (Septic Tank, Pump Tank)
- All concrete tanks to be State Approved Tank.
- All tank seams to be sealed with butyl rubber sealant.
- Backfill and compact soil around tank with a "jumping jack" style compactor.
- Following installation, tanks to be vacuum and water tested. Passing criteria as follows:
- Vacuum Test 5 in Hg for 2 min with <0.5 in Hg
- Water Test 10 gallons/1000 gallons/24 hr period
- Tanks to be installed level on 6" gravel base (#57 stone)
- All penetrations to be cast in place rubber boots for inflow and outflow penetrations.
- All tanks to have cast in place riser adapters for Orenco Risers.
6.2 Access Risers
- Install risers per manufacturer's specifications.
- All Orenco risers to extend minimum 6" above grade.
- All electrical conduits to be sealed with duct seal.
- Penetrations thru risers to use grommets or bulk head fitting.
- All tank risers that do not contain an inner lid shall be equipped with a safety net.
6.3 Drain Line
- All gravity drain line to be 4" SCH 40 PVC, DWV.
- Elbows to be sweeping style fitting.
6.4 Pumps
- Install pumps per system drawing and manufacturers specifications (included).
- Piping to be SCH 40 Pressure Pipe.
6.5 AdvanTex Treatment Unit
- Install unit per manufacturers specifications (included).
- Install with 12" lid extension if needed.
- Install unit on 6" gravel base.
6.6 UV Disinfection
- Install UV disinfection per system drawing and manufacturers specifications (included).

6.7 Control Panel
- Install per system drawing and manufacturers specifications (included).
- Panel to be minimum 24" above grade.
- Seal all pipes with duct seal
- Panel to be mounted on 4" x 6" (minimum) pressure treated post.
- Install Rain Sensor on control panel enclosure.
6.8 Drip Field
- Install drip field per system drawings.
- Drip field shall be cleared of small brush, debris and vegetation by hand or with small
tracked equipment.
- Install perimeter fence per system drawings.
6.9 Irrigation Headworks
- Install headworks per system drawing.
- Install headworks on 6" gravel base.

Tanks and Risers

01 -P Can N—`
. Q .
-173
00 Q CD CD
C O n.Q-o
Q c r1-
(7
0 CD 0
Q -1 r1- �-i- :
�' rn Q N CD
(..0, _ O -N
O C C O
cn D--(.0
D- (D O O 0-
0 X -, C 0 CD
_ --F -1 —h
CD Q
in D n -0 r1-
O Q CT (D 0 -0
/`
(D 5 Q _ O1
<
in _. fi cn Q
O 3
(0 (D
0 C
' _
'<°n �(D0
= o
-0 '-1 � _
3 Q D cn
1 0 Qci
0 < O
C CD < Q
7- s 6
1 CD CD
0 C a_0 u.
CD 11
C. CD 0
s Q
(Q 0
0 iQ (D
1 r--r
^0—
S _
'^.
V W
4snw a5o'1oaI
paaoxa 4ou
0
—h
CO0
0
r0CR
'�
mz '
N
r
m
m
2' VENT
• SLOT
3'
. Q a 0 0 0
m<' FLOW
• THROUGH
END VIEW
0
c
r
s.aa}dopy ooua.a0 aonld ul lsnj
'S'I N — 31V3S
D
X1 NE
m
0
1
0
< f I
C7£
E'
1 m
0D
C
m'i
Z m
� 3
Z Z
Z
00.
C
„
mrZ
zmr
C 1 m
n 1
00
oo�
Zo
r
0NE
NE
A 0 0
m-I -I
Z I m
Do?c
CI N
DA-0m
mm0^1
A A m A

Ulm CA 0 N
773
m- CD 0CrD -0
O 0 00 0. Q
D
(_0 '.0
- , (n CD CD Q
rr -
Q5.cm 0 NCD
cn
Lo ,� 0 - 0
0 D D. CO
D-(..0
D-(1)0 0 0
O x — C 0 CD
i -,
CD r-r 0
_ D
O 0_0 CD 0 -0
7- D -1
-D. 0 7- 0
CD -, r-r Q <
U) D. U) U) 0
O 3
O "c) CD '<
U) C
O 0 -1Z
0 CD 0
Q 0
o l- _
3 0 (D v cn
0 -0 0 0
O < C.) <G
O (D < 0 m
Q
O 0 a_ 5.
CD
U) CD CD
CD D- r-r Q
D. 0 CAD
O l2 0 '
i0 C) (..
U) iQ CCD CD
- 1 r-r
0 3
Q �G
CD _' C
Q (1)
0
C
OD
CD
1
0
CD
x
0
CD
CD
l2
A
1'
1
0
wA
0
0
a
•
. I. • 4:•
V
1
0
m
0'
At.- I
1
73 P1
Z I I pi 1 kJ I N Z.
TI Z Ll .C-i 2
r '� 1 3". —17 o 5 2r�D xir
D
D 20 mm I �{1 DDD-0 1n f7 XO,X-. '90
Z �p-0.-. ,A-0�O P Q W W D 3
N 0
�Z I Ll I W f''1� ▪ -hO1�Z�D �Z
2 �1 _< D U .. Vl CI I
0 .-0 I �D-1UI I I r (0 (0 J"ZN V)73
-I m �'`) I oo Z it n n oo co 0 (4 P1 D
N o m n W .. P Q J J 2f'l D'1
Z 0n)- - m 2- N 1 Nam - x'l
C �o �13-I Ul-0 `-+,+NU1J-<„ C�
0 Z ON 0 (� I T n fl Oo N C-1
C I-9 1# - I 0 o N N\ O� C co
(/ f'l o D Ll N 3 Ul 3
_2 W _ 3 Q� Ul
A XC Z� �O r o 0 0
Z (� 2Ulru D-0
(_ P- 1 0 Z Z-1
D C� I V)
Z - W \0
—I N
() W

crenco®
SYSTEMS
Technical Data Sheet AIM
PRTA ABS Tank Adapters
Applications
PRTA tank adapters are used to provide a structural, watertight method
of installing a 24-or 30-inch (600- or 750-mm) access riser over a tank
opening.
General
Orenco's PRTA tank adapters are molded plastic products and there-
fore have excellent part -quality and consistency. PRTA tank adapters
can be cast into a tank or fastened to the top of the tank with a bolt -
down kit. The bolt -down kit consists of either six or twelve (depending
on model) stainless steel concrete anchors and a roll of butyl tape.
The O.D. of the vertical flange matches the I.D. of Orenco's ribbed
risers, which provides a suitable joint to seal with MA320, ADH100,
SS115, or SS140 adhesive.
Standard Models
PRTA24, PRTA30
PRTA24BDKIT (6 anchors), PRTA30BDKIT (12 anchors)
Product Code Diagram
PRTA
I Riser diameter
24 = 24" riser (Perma-Loc, Ultra -Rib, KOR FLO)
30 = 30" riser (Perma-Loc, Ultra -Rib)
ABS riser tank adapter
Materials of Construction
Tank adapter ABS
Concrete anchors
Stainless steel anchor bolts
Sealant
Butyl tape
Specifications
Dimensions*
PRTA24 PRTA30
A - Outside dia., in. (mm)
B - Flange dia., in. (mm)
C - Horizontal flange width, in. (mm)
D - Vertical flange height, in. (mm)
23.38 (594) 29.25 (743)
26.75 (679) 34.25 (870)
2.00 (51) 2.50 (64)
3.50 (89) 3.25 (83)
*The tank adapter has a nominal 0.25 inch (6 mm) thickness.
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
NTD-RLA-PRTA-1
Rev. 2.0, © 03/17
Page 1 of 1

crenco®
SYSTEMS
Technical Data Sheet MI
Access Risers Ultra-RibTm
Applications
Orenco's Access Risers provide access to septic tank openings and
can be cast into the tops of concrete tanks, bonded in place, or bolted
down using a riser tank adaptor. They can also be used as valve
enclosures.
Materials of Construction
Ultra-RibTM PVC Pipe: PVC
Specifications
General
Orenco Ultra -Rib"' Access Risers are constructed of ribbed PVC pipe
and are available in 12-, 18-, 21-, and 24-in. diameters. They can be
ordered in 3-in. (76.2-mm) increments in lengths up to 13 ft (3.96 m)
for 12- and 18-in. diameter risers, and up to 14 ft
(4.27 m) for 21- and 24-in. diameter risers. Orenco Ultra -Rib riser
pipe is also available in truckload quantities. A complete line of Orenco
pipe -cutting tools makes it easy to fabricate risers in your shop or in
the field
Standard Models
RR12XX, RU18XX, RR21XX, RR24XX
Product Code Diagram
R + +
Discharge grommet option, in. (mm):
Blank = no discharge grommet
10 = 1 (25)
12 = 114 (32)
15 = 1 Yz (38)
20 = 2 (50)
Splice box grommet or splice box options (choose one):
Blank = no grommet or splice box
or
= grommet installed,1-in. (25-mm), fits SB1-SB4
= grommet installed,1'14-in. (32-mm), fits SB5-SB6
= hole drilled for 0renco® external splice boxt
SX
S1
S2
S3
S4
L5
L6
XS
XD
XT
or
= grommet and SB1 internal splice box installed
= grommet and SB2 internal splice box installed
= grommet and SB3 internal splice box installed
= grommet and SB4 internal splice box installed
= grommet and SB5 internal splice box installed
= grommet and SB6 internal splice box installed
or
= grommet and simplex explosion -proof splice box installed$
= grommet and duplex explosion -proof splice box installedf
= grommet and triplex explosion -proof splice box installedf
Riser height in inches (3-in. increments standard)
Riser diameter:
12 = 12-in. (300-mm)*
18 = 18-in. (450-mm)*
21 = 21-in. (525-mm)
24 = 24-in. (600-mm)
Riser type code:
R = 12-in. (300-mm), 21-in. (525-mm), and 24-in. (600-mm) diameters
U = 18-in. (450-mm) diameter
PU = bulk Ultra-RibTM pipe, all diameters
Riser, Ultra -Rib'"
Not intended for use over pump vaults
t Requires minimum 18-in. (457-mm) riser height
For Class I Division I environments
Model RR12XX
RU18XX RR21XX
RR24XX
I.D., in. (mm)
Wall Thickness - excluding ribs, in. (mm)
O.D. - including ribs, in. (mm)
Weight, Ibs per ft (kg per m)
11.74 (298)
0.10 (3)
13.13 (334)
5 (7.4)
17.65 (448)
0.19 (5)
19.44 (494)
11 (16.4)
20.50 (521)
0.25 (6)
22.63 (575)
15 (22.3)
23.50 (597)
0.25 (6)
25.63 (651)
19 (28.3)
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
NTD-RLA-RR-2
Rev. 3.0, © 03/17
Page 1 of 1

crenco
°
SYSTEMS
Instructions AIMI
PVC Riser Installation
Installing PVC Access Risers onto Cast -In Orenco® Riser -Tank Adapters
Access risers provide access to septic tank openings, simplifying inspection and maintenance procedures. Access riser -to -tank connections
must be watertight for the proper functioning of an onsite septic system or effluent sewer system. Orenco strongly recommends watertightness
testing of all access riser -to -tank connections after installation.
Following are instruction sets for prepping and installing access risers, installing grommets, and selecting adhesives for riser installations.
Refer to the chart below to determine which instruction set to use.
Instruction Set Page
1. Riser Preparation 1
2. Grommet Installation 2
3. Riser Installation — PRTA24-2 Adapters 3
4. Riser Installation — RRFTA24, RRFTA30, PRTA24, PRTA30, FRTA24-RVF, and FRTA30-FRP Adapters 4
5. Riser Installation — Orenco FRP Tanks with 24-inch-Diameter (600-mm) Risers 5
6. Riser Watertightness Testing 6
7. Adhesive Selection and Quantities 7
Instruction Set 1: Riser Preparation
Step 1: Determine Riser Height
Determine how high the riser needs to be.
• The top of the riser should be about 3 inches (75 mm) above finished grade
after installation and backfilling — This allows 2 inches (50 mm) for tank
settling and 1 inch (25 mm) for ensuring drainage away from the riser.
Step 2: Cut Riser to Size (if Necessary)
If the riser needs to be cut to size, cut it with a circular saw or table saw.
• Always cut excess length from the bottom of the riser.
• For square, even cuts, a good fit, and a watertight joint between the riser
and the adapter, use an Orenco riser -cutting saw guide.
• To install risers less than 30 inches (760 mm) wide onto 500-gallon
(2000-L) Orenco FRP tanks, cut the riser so it fits into the tank and the
lowest rib rests on the tank's top, as shown.
Step 3: Dry Fit Riser to Adapter
Step 3a: Dry fit the riser to the adapter.
• Make sure riser penetrations are the right sizes and in the correct locations.
Step 3b: If the riser is higher than 3 inches (75 mm) above the estimated final
grade, cut it to size per the instructions in Step 2.
Step 3c: If the riser is too short, use an Orenco grade ring to extend it.
0 Determine riser height
3 inches (75 mm)
Riser prep for 500-gal. (2000-L) Orenco FRP tanks
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
NIN-RLA-RR-1
Rev. 7.0, © 03/17
Page 1 of 7

Orenco®
SYSTEMS
PVC Riser Installation
Instruction Set 2: Grommet Installation
Step 1: Mark Access Riser
Step 1a: Use the site plans or drawings to find out if riser penetrations are needed.
Step 1 b: Use the plans or drawing to mark the locations of the penetrations.
• If plans or drawings aren't available, use Drawing 1 b as a general guide
for locating riser penetrations.
Step 2: Drill Holes and Clean Access Riser
Step 2a: Drill holes for riser penetrations.
• If you have questions about where to locate various riser penetrations,
contact your Distributor for more information.
Using Orenco® RKHS Hole Saws ...
Cut the hole and grind the ribs down to make a flat, smooth surface for
installing the grommet.
• Make sure your hole saw is the correct size and your drill is at least 18 volts.
• Don't grind too deeply — about 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) is deep enough.
Using Standard Hole Saws ...
1: Use the correctly sized hole saw to cut a hole, centered on the mark.
2: Trim the riser ribs back 1 inch (25 mm) from around the hole.
• Use a grinder or cutting tool to notch the ribs through to the riser wall.
• Use a hammer and chisel to break off the notched rib sections.
• Use a grinder to make a flat, smooth surface around the hole.
Step 2b: Clean and deburr the hole and flat surface with a wire brush and
deburring knife or tool.
• Be careful not to enlarge the penetration.
Step 3: Install Grommet
Step 3a: Apply a bead of adhesive to the groove in the grommet's outer diameter.
• For adhesive recommendations, see Instruction Set 7.
Step 3b: Firmly press the grommet into the penetration.
Grommet Hole Sizing Guide
Grommet size, inches (nominal IPS pipe size)
Hole saw size
1/2
1
3/4
1 -1 /4
1
1-9/16
1-1
/4
1-3/4
1-1
/2
2-1 /8
2
2-3/4
3
3-7/8
4
5
For more information on grommet dimensions and actual pipe 0.D., see the Orenco Technical Data
Sheet for grommets, NTD-RLA-PG-1
Grommet for
splice box
(at 12 o'clock)
Grommet for
discharge assembly
(at 3 or 9 o'clock)
NIN-RLA-RR-1
Rev. 7.0, © 03/17
Page 2 of 7
Orenco Systemse, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com

1
VC Riser Installatio
Cutaway view of Orenco® PRTA24-2, cast into
concrete tank with 24-inch (600-mm) access
riser attached
Orenco®
SYSTEMS
Instruction Set 3:
Riser Installation — PRTA24-2 Adapters
Step 1: Prep Adapter Channel and Riser
Step 1a: Roughen the adapter channel and the bottom surfaces of the riser
with sandpaper.
Step lb: Use a clean cloth and acetone or alcohol to clean the channel and the
bottom surfaces of the riser.
• The channel must be clean and dry for a good fit and watertight joint.
• Let the acetone or alcohol dry completely.
Step 2: Apply Adhesive
Fill the channel with methacrylate adhesive.
• For adhesive recommendations, see Instruction Set 7.
Note: If you're using a methacrylate adhesive that's non -self -leveling, use
enough to fully fill the channel, with no voids in the adhesive.
Step 3: Install Riser
Step 3a: If the riser has penetrations, align the riser correctly.
Step 3b: Firmly press the bottom of the riser into the channel.
• Twist the riser back and forth slightly to fully seat it and to create a good bond.
• If the inside seam is not completely filled, add adhesive to form a complete
fillet.
Step 3c: Use a tongue depressor, putty knife, or clean cloth to make a good
fillet over the inside seam.
Note: If cold weather conditions or frost heave are a concern at the site, contact
a qualified engineer or Orenco for additional recommendations on installing ribbed
PVC risers.
IMPORTANT: Orenco strongly recommends that all tank risers 12-in. (300-mm)
and larger in diameter be equipped with riser safety grates to help prevent
accidental or unauthorized entry.
Step 4: Test Riser Watertightness
Follow Instruction Set 6 of this document for testing the riser's watertightness.
Note: Watertight connections are critical for the wastewater system to function
effectively and efficiently.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
NIN-RLA-RR-1
Rev. 7.0, © 03/17
Page 3 of 7

Instruction Set 4:
Riser Installation — RRFTA24, RRFTA30, PRTA24,
PRTA30, FRTA24-RVF, and FRTA30-FRP Adapters
Step 1: Prep Adapter and Riser
Step la: Roughen the bonding surfaces of the adapter and riser with
sandpaper.
Step lb: Use a clean cloth and acetone or alcohol to clean the bonding
surfaces of the adapter and the riser.
• The bonding surfaces must be clean and dry for a good fit and watertight joint.
• Let the acetone or alcohol dry completely.
Step 2: Apply Methacrylate Adhesive
Apply a bead of methacrylate adhesive to the outside of the adapter.
• For adhesive recommendations, see Instruction Set 7.
Step 3: Install Riser
Step 3a: If the riser has penetrations, align the riser correctly.
Step 3b: Firmly press the riser onto the adapter until the bottom of the riser is
resting on the concrete (cast -in adapters) or the adapter flange (bolted -down
adapters).
• Twist the riser back and forth slightly to fully seat it and to create a good bond.
Step 3c: Apply a bead of methacrylate adhesive to the inside of the access
riser -adapter joint.
Step 3d: Use a putty knife, tongue depressor, or clean shop rag to make a
continuous fillet on the inside of the access riser -adapter joint.
Note: If cold weather conditions or frost heave are a concern at the site, contact
a qualified engineer or Orenco for additional recommendations on installing ribbed
PVC risers.
IMPORTANT: Orenco strongly recommends that all tank risers 12-in. (300-mm)
and larger in diameter be equipped with riser safety grates to help prevent
accidental or unauthorized entry.
Step 4: Test Riser Watertightness
Follow Instruction Set 6 of this document for testing the riser's watertightness.
Note: Watertight connections are critical for the wastewater system to function
effectively and efficiently.
NIN-RLA-RR-1
Rev. 7.0, © 03/17
Page 4 of 7
0renco Systemse, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com

0
Cross-section detail of adhesive fillet
on inside seam of 1000-gal. (3785-L)
tank with 24-inch (600-mm) riser
Cross-section detail of adhesive
fillet on outside seam of 500-gal.
(1890-L) tank with 24-inch
(600-mm) riser
Orenco®
SYSTEMS
Instruction Set 5:
Riser Installation — Orenco FRP Tanks with 24-inch-
Diameter (600-mm) Risers
Step 1: Prep Tank and Riser
Step 1 a: Roughen the bonding surfaces of the tank and the riser with
sandpaper.
Step 1 b: Use a clean cloth and acetone or alcohol to clean the roughened tank
surface and the bottom surfaces of the riser.
• The surfaces must be clean and dry for a good fit and watertight joint.
• Let the acetone or alcohol dry completely.
Step 2: Apply Methacrylate Adhesive
Apply methacrylate adhesive to the bonding surfaces of the tank and the riser.
• For adhesive recommendations, see Instruction Set 7.
Step 3: Install Riser
•
Step 3a: If the riser has penetrations, align the riser correctly.
Step 3b: Press the riser into position
• For 1000-gal. through 2000-gal. tanks (3785-L through 7570-L), firmly press
the riser onto the tank opening
• For 500-gal. (1890-L) tanks, firmly press the riser into the tank opening.
• Twist the riser back and forth slightly to fully seat it and create a good bond.
• If the seams aren't completely filled, add adhesive to form a complete fillet.
Step 3c: Use a tongue depressor, putty knife, or clean cloth to make a good
fillet over the seams.
Note: If cold weather conditions or frost heave are a concern at the site, contact
a qualified engineer or Orenco for additional recommendations on installing ribbed
PVC risers.
IMPORTANT: Orenco strongly recommends that all tank risers 12-in. (300-mm)
and larger in diameter be equipped with riser safety grates to help prevent
accidental or unauthorized entry.
Step 4: Test Riser Watertightness
Follow Instruction Set 6 of this document for testing the riser's watertightness.
Note: Watertight connections are critical for the wastewater system to function
effectively and efficiently.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
NIN-RLA-RR-1
Rev. 7.0, © 03/17
Page 5 of 7

Orenco°
SYSTEMS
PVC Riser Installation
Instruction Set 6: Riser Watertightness Testing
IMPORTANT: A watertight tank and watertight riser -to -tank connections are
critical for the wastewater system to function effectively and efficiently.
Step 1: Prep for Test
Step 1 a: Make sure the adhesive seams have set and the tank has been backfilled
according to the manufacturer's instructions — typically to the tank's midpoint.
Step 1 b: Plug the inlet (and outlet, if present) of the tank with watertight plugs.
Step 1c: Fill the tank with water to a level 2 inches (51 mm) into the riser.
Step 2: Test Watertightness an
Step 2a: Wait for the required time before inspecting the riser -to -tank
connections for leakage.
• Follow the tank manufacturer's recommendations (or applicable local regula-
tions) for wait times before inspecting the tank for leaks.
• Orenco recommends at least 30 minutes for its fiberglass tanks.
Step 2b: Check for any drop in the liquid level inside of the riser and any visible
leakage from the riser -to -tank connections.
• At the end of the test, there should be no drop in liquid level and no visible
leakage from seams, pinholes, or other imperfections.
• If leaks are found during the test, seal the leaks and repeat the test.
Step 2c: Once the riser -to -tank connections are proven watertight, remove the
plug(s) and drop the water level in the tank to just below the invert of the inlet or
outlet, whichever is lower,
QWatertightness test
Access riser
Fill the tank to a
level 2 in. (51 mm)
into the riser
Tank brim
+ 2in.
T (51 mm)
NIN-RLA-RR-1
Rev. 7.0, © 03/17
Page 6 of 7
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com

Instruction Set 7: Adhesive Selection and Quantities
Use the table below to select the correct adhesive and quantity for your grommet or riser installation(s)
date on the adhesive package. If the adhesive is expired, do not use it to install Orenco components.
Note: Before installing a riser on an Orenco riser -tank adapter with an adhesive not recommended in
Distributor or Orenco.
Orenco®
SYSTEMS
. Be sure to check the expiration
the table below, contact your
Component Adhesive Type and Approximate Usage
MA8120 SA510
300/300-mL cartridge 300/300-mL cartridge
(600-mL total) (600-mL total)
MA320
7-oz (200-mL)
packet
IPS 810
1-pint (473-mL)
1-quart (946-mL)
ADH100
10.2-oz (300-mL) tube
Grommets
n/a n/a
n/a n/a
various quantities
Riser Tank FRTA36
Adapters
1 cartridge* 1 cartridge*
n/a n/a
n/a
PRTA24
1/2 cartridge* Y2 cartridge'
1 packet n/a
1 tube
PRTA24-2
>_ Y2 cartridge* >_ Y2 cartridge*
n/a < 1 pint
n/a
PRTA30
<1 cartridge' < 1 cartridge*
2 packets n/a
2 tubes
RRFTA24
Y2 cartridge` 1/2cartridge'
1 packet n/a
1 tube
RRFTA30
1 cartridge" 1 cartridge*
2 packets n/a
n/a
* Indicates preferred adhesive for this application
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
NIN-RLA-RR-1
Rev. 7.0, © 03/17
Page 7 of 7

Orenco
SYSTEMS
Tec 'cal Data Sheet
DuraFiberTM Access Lids
Applications
Orenco® DuraFiber"" Access Lids provide a secure, damage -resistant
covering for ribbed PVC and HDPE risers, pump basins, and access
ports. They are not recommended for vehicular traffic. 24-inch (600-mm)
DuraFiber lids require an RLA24 adapter to mate to 24-inch (600-mm)
Perma-Loci"" pipe. 30-inch (750-mm) DuraFiber lids are not compatible
with 30-inch (750-mm) RLA Riser -Lid -Adapters or 30-inch (750-mm)
Perma-Loc pipe. For these products, use 0renco's FLF-Series lids.
General
DuraFiber Access Lids are constructed of resin -infused fiberglass fabrics
for extreme durability and damage resistance, with breaking strengths in
excess of 20,000 pounds (9,000 kg).
They feature flat -style flanges for easier access, allowing clean, flush -to -
grade installations. They have cored centering rings for aligning lids with
risers. They also have urethane gaskets to help provide watertight seals.
DuraFiber Lids feature a non-skid surface for better grip and aesthet-
ics, a molded -in caution statement, and room for a customer logo. They
come with four 516-inch stainless steel flathead socket cap screws and
a hex key wrench.
Durafiber Lids are available with optional insulation, installed at the fac-
tory or in kits that can be installed in the field.
Standard Models
FLD24G, FLD24GATX, FLD24GW, FLD30G, FLD3OGATX, FLD3OGW
Product Code Diagram
FLD
Color and logo options:
Blank = green color lid
B = brown color lid
C = custom logo
ATX = AdvanTex®logo
W = warning label
Insulation:*
Blank = no insulation
12 = 2-inch (50-mm) insulation installed
14 = 4-inch (100-mm) insulation installed
Vent and filter options:
Blank = no vent or filter options
V = vent
CF = carbon filter
Gasket options:
G = gasket (standard)
Blank = no gasket
Lid diameter, in. (mm):
24 = 24 (600)
30 = 30 (750)
DuraFiber'" fiberglass lid
Insulation has an R-value of 10 per 2-inch (50-mm) increment.
B0(
T
C
Materials of Construction:
1L7
H
Lid
Fiberglass reinforced polyester
Gasket Urethane
Centering ring core Structural foam
Mounting hardware Stainless steel
Insulation (optional) Closed -cell foam
Insulation mounting hardware Stainless steel
Specifications
Model
FLD24XX FLD30XX
A in. (mm) 26 (660) 33 (838)
B, in. (mm) 1 %2 (38) 11/2 (38)
C, in. (mm) 2314 (590) 291/4 (743)
Gasket width, in. (mm) 3/4 (19) 3/ (19)
Bolt hole diameter, in. (mm) 5/6 (8) 5/16 (8)
Weight, Ibs (kg) 11 (5) 20 (9)
Bolt holes, per lid 4 4
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
NTD-RLA-FL-4
Rev. 3.0, © 10/17
Page 1 of 1

Orenco
Technical Data Sheet
SYSTEMS
External Splice Box
Applications
The Orenco® External Splice Box attaches outside the access riser of an
underground tank. It is engineered specifically for water and wastewater
treatment systems and is especially suited for use in locations prone to
high groundwater and other wet conditions. Its separate conduit hubs,
large volume, and optional dividers make it useful for maintaining isolation
of high and low voltage wires where needed. It has four cord grips which
accommodate power cords for floats and pumps of 0.170 - 0.470 inches
(4.3 -11.9 mm) in diameter. Unused cord grips can be plugged watertight
with the supplied cord grip plugs. Each External Splice Box is provided with
a hole -cutting template to simplify installation on the riser and a 4-inch
(100-mm) diameter grommet for the riser penetration.
General
To specify the Orenco External Splice Box for your installation, require the
following:
• Watertight for prolonged submergence per UL listing (Type 6P)
• Attachment external to access riser to allow inspection with no need
to open the riser lid
• Volume of 100 in.3 (1639 cm3) for easy wiring access and to
accommodate multiple wiring configurations
• Bottom entry, so conduit or direct -bury cable always remains below
minimum burial depth
• Molded of UL (f1) rated plastic, resistant to cold and UV exposure,
suitable for external applications
• Optional divider plates available for isolating high and low voltage
wires from separate conduits or direct -bury cable
Standard Models
SBEX1-4, SBEX1-4-P
Product Code Diagram
SBEX1-4 -
TBlank = no divider plates
P = divider plates
External splice box
RFtY II
E237631
The External Splice Box is molded
of a UL (f1) rated PVC alloy. It has
a UL Type 6P listing for prolonged
submergence.
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
NTD-SBEX-1
Rev. 3.0, © 10/17
Page 1 of 2

Orenco Technical Data Sheet
SYSTEMS
Physical Specifications
Volume
100 in.3 (1639 cm3)
Cord grips 4 per SBEX
Cord grip plugs 3 per SBEX
Cord diameters
accommodated
0.170-0.470 in. (4.3 - 11.9 mm)
Conduit hubs 2
Conduit hub plug 1
Conduit sizes
accommodated
3/4 in., 1 in. (with coupling), 14 in. (with fitting or bell end)
Dia. of hole into riser 5 in. (127 mm), hole -cutting template included
Cord grip
plugs (3)
Cord grips
(4)
r
Cord grip
plate
Optional
divider
Threaded
cap
4.5 in.
(114 mm)
Materials of Construction
Splice box
PVC alloy
Cord grips
Nylon
Cord grip plugs
EPDM rubber
0-rings
Buna rubber
Conduit hub plug
PVC per ASTM D-1784
4-in. (100-mm) grommet*
EPDM rubber
Grommet not shown in illustration below
5.24 in.(133 mm)
8.25 in. (133 mm)
Conduit
hubs (2)
in- Conduit
hub plug (1)
Optional
divider
NTD-SBEX-1
Rev. 3.0, © 10/17
Page 2 of 2
Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com

FEATURES
+ Use as a security measure to keep
persons, especially children, from
accidental entry while systems are
being serviced or any other instance
where a cover is removed
s• Available to fit 18", 24", and 30"
diameter risers
Open areas in web are large enough
to allow tanks to be pumped without
having to remove the security net
Installs easily in our segmented riser
and others
Order part No. STF-N18
STF-N24
STF-N30
CAD detail drawing available in DXF format
U S Patent Pending
RELATED PRODUCTS
STF-CI24 page 5
STF-APC24G page 6
STF-APC24B page 6
STF-R824B page 9
STF-AR24 page 9
STF-APC24GI-075 page 14
STF-APC2413I-075 page 14
STF-APC24GI-100 page 14
STF-APC2413I-100 page 14
STF-APL24G page 14
STF-APL24B page 14
Toll Free 888-999-3290 Office 231-582-1020 Fax [phone] Email [e-mail] Web www.gag-sirntech.com
PAGE
10

Septic Tank Effluent Filter

8-in. to 15-in. Dia. Biotube Effluent Filters
Applications
Orenco® 8-inch to 15-inch Biotube® Effluent Filters are designed to
remove solids from effluent leaving commercial septic tanks. They can be
used in new and existing tanks.
General
Orenco® 8-inch to 15-inch Biotube® Effluent Filters* are used to improve
the quality of effluent exiting a commercial septic tank. The Biotube
cartridge fits snugly in the vault and is removable for maintenance, the
handle assembly snaps into the notches in the top of the vault, and the
tee handle can be extended for easy removal of the cartridge. A "base
inlet" model (see p. 2) is available for low -profile tanks. An optional slide
rail system, available on larger models, simplifies installation and provides
tank access for servicing.
Handle assembly
Alarm float assembly
(ordered separately)
Pipe coupling
Biotubes
Vault
Inlet holes
Support coupling
Support bracket
Cutaway view
Side view
* Orenco® Biotube® Effluent Filters are covered under multiple U.S. and international patents.
Standard Models
FT0854-36, FT1254-36, FT1554-36, FT0822-14B, FT1254-36AR
Product Code Diagrams
FT
- 36
Float switch bracket and slide rail options:
Blank = no options selected
A = float switch bracket installed
R = slide rail installedt
Cartridge height, in. (mm):
36 = 36 (914), standard
Housing height*, in. (mm):
48 = 48 (1219)
54 = 54 (1372)
60 = 60 (1524)
66 = 66 (1676-mm)
Filter diameter, in. (mm):
08 = 08 (200)
12 = 12 (300)
15 = 15 (375)
Filter mesh option:
Blank = Ye -in. (3-mm) filter mesh
P = Ys-in. (1.6-mm) filter mesh
Biotube® effluent filter
* Minimum liquid level (MLL) information:
48-in. (1219-mm) housing for MLL of 37-46 in. (940-1168 mm)
54-in. (1372-mm) housing for MLL of 47-63 in. (1194-1600 mm)
60-in. (1524-mm) housing for MLL of 64-84 in. (1626-2134 mm)
66-in. (1676-mm) housing for MLL of 85-112 in. (2159-2845 mm)
For 12- and 15-in. (300- and 375-mm) only; use slide rail option
when only one access is available for the filter chamber
FT
22-14
Float switch bracket and overflow plate options:
Blank = no options selected
A = float switch elbow installed
FS0 = overflow plate installed
Base inlet model
Cartridge height, in. (mm):
14 = 14 (356), standard
Filter housing height, in. (mm):
22 = 22 (558), standard
Filter diameter, in. (mm):
08 = 8 (200)
12 = 12 (300)
Filter mesh option:
Blank = 1/2-in. (3-mm) filter mesh
P = Y,*-in. (1.6-mm) filter mesh
Biotube® effluent filter
Materials of Construction
Vault
PVC
Pipe coupling
PVC
Handle components
PVC
Support coupling and bracket
PVC
Biotube® cartridge
Polypropylene and polyethylene
Note: Support coupling and support bracket are available on 12-inch and 15-inch filters only.
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
NTD-FT-FT-2
Rev. 2.0, © 03/17
Page 1 of 2

Air vents and discharge orifices
Air vent
Discharge orifice(s)
8-in. base
8-in.
inlet models models
12-in. to 15-in.
models
B
Standard model
Specifications
o
EP
ofi
EP
oggE
oggE
~ B --►I
Base inlet model
1.5-in.
Model
FT0854-36
FT0822-14B FT1254-36
FT1254-36AR FT1554-36
A - Cartridge height, in. 36 14 36 36 36
B - Nominal diameter, in. 8 8 12 12 15
C - Inlet hole height*, in. 22 n/at 22 22 22
D - Vault base to invert height, in. 38 13 38 38 38
E - Vault height 54 22 54 54 54
Number of inlet holes 8 n/a 8 8 8
Inlet hole diameter, in. 1.375 n/a 1.375 1.375 1.375
Number of discharge orifices 2 1 1 1 1
Discharge orifice diameter, in. 1.125
1.750 2 2 2
Pipe coupling diameter, in. 4 4 4 4 4
Number of air vents 1 1 1 1 1
Air vent diameter, in. 0.75
1.750 0.75 0.75 0.75
Filter surface area$, ft2 14.6 6.0 30.0 30.0 50.5
Flow area", ft2 4.4 1.8 9.0 9.0 15.2
* Inlet hole height can vary depending on the configuration of the tank. Optimum hole height is 65-75% of the minimum liquid level.
t No inlet holes required, because influent enters between the vault base and the bottom of the filter cartridge.
$ Filter area is defined as the total surface area of all individual Biotubes® within the filter cartridge.
*' Flow area is defined as the total open area (area of the mesh openings) of all the individual Biotubes within the filter cartridge.
NTD-FT-FT-2
Rev. 2.0, © 03/17
Page 2 of 2
0renco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com

Biotube° Effluent Filters
Installation, Operation and Maintenance Instructions
FT08 Models and All Base Inlet Models
U.S. Patent Nos. 5294635 / 4439323
Installation Instructions:
The Biotube Effluent Alter is suspended in the septic tank by the 4" outlet pipe. The filter is composed of a
vault body that will be fixed to the discharge pipe and a removable cartridge that consists of the Biotube
filter cartridge and the extendible handle.
1. Test -fit the effluent filter on the 4" out-
let pipe without gluing. Make sure that
it fits plumb.
Any existing outlet tee will have to be
removed.
2. Ensure sufficient clearance for trouble -
free servicing of filter cartridge. Install
assembly near the tank wall to reduce
any stresses that may be caused by
maintenance.
Sufficient room between the access
port and filter should be provided for
easy removal of solids from the tank.
The cartridge will need to be removed
and cleaned while the tank's solids
content is being pumped -out.
o
Orenoo Systems
Incorporated
1-800-348-9843
N I N-FT-FTM-1
Rev. 1.3, © 12/02
Page 1 of 4

Installation Instructions (continued)
a Cnce the filter has been fitted properly,
apply primer and PVC cement to the
outside of the outlet pipe and the filter's
4" outlet. Use a multipurpose cement if
the outlet pipe is ABS. Do not use
primer on ABS.
Optional: Stainless steel set screws
may be used instead of glue.
4. Slide the effluent filter onto the 4" pipe
and plumb vertically.
5. Hold the filter in position until the adhe-
sive has time to set (approximately 20
seconds).
6. Extend the handle of the cartridge to an
elevation above the top of the tank for
easy access. Use 3/4" schedule 40 PVC
for extension.
Other use the stainless steel set
screws or glue the extensions in place.
i
NIN-FT-FTM-1
Rev. 1.3, © 12/02
Page 2 of 4

Installation Instructions (continued)
Optional
In existing tanks or in tanks with poorly
located access ports, it may be
necessary to extend the tank outlet
fitting by using a coupling.
A coupling may also be needed to
bush from 3034 PVCto the schedule
40 outlet of the filter.
Maintenance Instructions:
1. Remove the filter cartridge by lifting it
out of the vault.
2. Spray the cartridge tubes with a hose
to remove material sticking to them.
Make sure the rinse water runs back
into the tank.
3. Inspect the vent hole and modulating
orifices. Spray them clear of any
debris.
Replace the cartridge. Be sure to snap
the cartridge back into the saddle holes
at the top of the cartridge vault.
i
// r
NIN-FT-FTM-1
Rev. 1.3, © 12/02
Page 3 of 4

Maintenance Instructions (continued)
4. An alarm is optional and will give notice that
the filter needs attention before the building
sewer backs up.
If you have an alarm, check to make sure it
is working by lifting the float switch and
sounding the alarm.
5. Record that you have cleaned the filter and,
if applicable, checked the alarm. Also com-
ment any other observations about the tank
or system.
Make sure to clean up thoroughly when
finished.
Inspection / Maintenance
Date installed: Model Tank:
Model: Single/Double Compartment:
Date Cleaned?
inspected yes no notes:
Size:
NIN-FT-FTM-1
Rev. 1.3, © 12/02
Page 4 of 4

AdvanTex Treatment Component

AdvanTex® AX-RT Treatment Systems
Applications
Orenco's AdvanTex® AX-RT Treatment System is a single, complete,
self-contained module that treats septic tank effluent to better than
secondary standards with nitrogen reduction before discharging it by
means of pump or gravity. It is ideal for:
• Repairs and retrofits
• Small sites and poor soils
• Sites that require shallow bury
Product image is for illustrative purposes only.
General
Following a septic tank equipped with a Biotube® effluent filter*, the
AdvanTex AX-RT unit eliminates the need for separate recirc, treat-
ment, and discharge tanks by performing all functions within a single
module. It also reduces the number of risers and lids needed in the
treatment train. For sites requiring antibuoyancy measures, Orenco
offers antifloatation kits with turnbuckles.
The heart of the system is the AdvanTex Recirculating Treatment Tank,
a sturdy, watertight, corrosion -proof fiberglass tank that includes the
same dependable, textile treatment media found in all AdvanTex prod-
ucts.
Standard Models
AX2ORT-MODE1 A, AX2ORT-MODE1 B/10, AX2ORT-MODE1 B/30
AX25RT-MODE1 A, AX25RT-MODE1 B/10, AX25RT-MODE1 B/30
Product Code Diagram
AX I Rr 11 1 11
II
II
II
Float switch options:
Blank = mercury float switches
MVF = non -mercury float switches
Discharge pump voltage options:
Blank= 120V
230 = 230 V
Discharge pump options:
Blank = no discharge pump
10 = 10 gpm (0.6 Usec) pump 20 = 20 gpm (1.3 Lt.) pump
30 = 30 gpm (1.9 Usec) pump 50 = 50 gpm (3.2 Usec) pump
Cold weather options:
Blank = standard lid
UCW = ultra -cold weather package
Treatment mode:
M0DE1A= mode 1, gravity discharge MOOE3A= made 3, gravity discharge
MODE1B = mode 1, pump discharge MODE3B = mode 3, pump discharge
UV disinfection unit option (AX20-BT only):
Blank = no UV disinfection unit
UV = A)(UV disinfection unit
NSF approval option:
Blank = standard AdvanTex® system
N = NSF-cerfified AdvanTex® system
MAT -series treatment unit
Nominal treatment area:
20 = 20 ft2(1.8 m2)
25 = 25 ft' (2.3 m'(
AdvanTex® Treatment System
AdvanTex® Treatment System AX-RTN Models meet the requirements of
NSF/ANSI Standard 40 for Class I Systems.
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
NTD-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 2.0, @ 03/17
Page 1 of 2

•renco®
Technical Data Sheet
SYSTEMS
Components
1. Inlet
2. Recirc/blend chamber
3. Recirc transfer line
4. Recirc pumping system
5. Manifold and spin nozzles
6. Treatment media
7. Tank baffle
8. Recirc return valve
9. Recirc/filtrate chamber
10. Discharge pumping system (pump discharge only)
11. Outlet
12. Splice box
13. Passive air vent
14. Biotube® effluent filter (in septic tank, not shown)
15. Control panel (not shown)
Specifications
Nominal Dimensions**
Length, in. (mm) 102 (2591)
Width, in. (mm) 62 (1575)
Height, in. (mm) 72 (1829)
Overall unit footprint, ft2 (m2) 44 (4.11)
Visible footprint after installation, ft2 (m2) 20 (1.86)
Lid insulation value R-6 (RSI-1.1)
Dry Weight
AX20-RT AX25-RT
Gravity discharge model, Ib (kg) 883 (400)
908 (412)
Pump discharge model, Ib (kg) 923 (419)
948 (430)
* Not to be sold individually in the state of Georgia.
** Nominal values provided. See AdvanTex® Treatment System drawings for exact dimensions.
0
AdvanTex AX-RT side view (AX20-RT pump discharge model shown
f
®,
0
AdvanTex AX-RT top view (AX20-RT pump discharge model shown)
NTD-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 2.0, © 03/17
Page 2 of 2
Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com

Installation
Manual
AdvanTex®
AX-RT Treatment Systems
Residential Applications
Ore�nco
1-800-348-9843
[phone]
www.orenco.com

Orenco®
SYSTEMS
How To Use This Manual Page 2
Before You Begin Page 3
Septic Tanks Used in AX-RT Treatment Systems Page 3
Standard Unit Components And Functions Page 4
Installation Overview Page 5
Installation Steps
Step 1: Review or Sketch Site Plan Page 6
Step 2: Perform Excavation(s) Page 6
Step 3: Set Septic Tank (If Needed) Page 7
Step 4: Set AX-RT Unit Page 8
Step 5: Install Antibuoyancy Deadmen (If Needed) Page 8
Step 6: Partially Backfill Excavation(s) Page 9
Step 7: Install Adapters and Risers (If Needed) Page 10
Step 8: Test Tank and Adapter Seams for Watertightness Page 10
Step 9: Test AX-RT Midseam for Watertightness Page 11
Step 10: Install Effluent Filter Page 11
Step 11: Connect Tank -to -Unit Transport Line(s) Page 11
Step 12: Connect Passive Air Vent Page 12
Step 13: Connect AX-RT Outlet to Transport Line Page 12
Step 14: Mount Control Panel and Perform Wiring Page 12
Step 15: Perform AX-RT Operational Test Page 13
Step 16: Complete Backfilling Page 15
How To Use This Manual
This manual contains an Installation Overview and a set of Installation Steps.
• Installation Overview — This is a simple overview of the installation steps. Its purpose is to help you quickly see the suggested order
of operations for installing an AX-RT unit. It is intended as a summary only — it does not provide complete instructions.
• Installation Steps — This provides general instructions for each installation step along with references to detailed installation docu-
ments for specific components. Many Orenco products come with installation instructions and all of these instructions are also provided in
hard copy form in our Orenco Installer Binder. Contact your Dealer or Orenco for a copy of the binder, or find individual instructions online
in the Orenco Document Library at www.orenco.com. There are also steps in this manual covering operations performed before and after
the AX-RT unit is installed that are necessary to successfully complete the installation.
You will find IMPORTANT information, Key Points, and Notes in this manual, marked with easy -to -see visuals:
IMPORTANT — These point out potential hazards to equipment or people during and after the installation.
Key Points — These are critical for a quality installation and must be completed in order for your installation to be successful.
0: Notes — These cover useful information and tips that can help make your installation simpler or easier. They may also
provide information on variations in components or methods.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, © 07/17
Page 2
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com

Installation Manual: AX-RT Treatment Units
Orenco®
SYSTEMS
Before You Begin
At Orenco, we work hard to make your installation as easy and "hassle -free" as possible. This manual provides basic information for installing
AdvanTex AX-RTTM treatment units. It is not intended to replace installer training or requirements and instructions detailed in your engineering
plans. If you discover any inconsistencies between your engineering plans and the instructions in this manual, contact your engineer or call
your AdvanTex Dealer. If you are not an Authorized AdvanTex Installer, contact your local AdvanTex Dealer for training and authorization before
installing this system.
The Dealer can provide technical support, training, and replacement components. To find the nearest Dealer, check the Distributor Locator
page at www.orenco.com. If there is no Dealer in your area, call Orenco Systems, Inc. at [phone] or [phone].
Before you begin this installation, read this entire manual and any reference documents you may need to be familiar with to complete the
installation. Also, be sure that the instructions for these products are the most current ones available. Please note that you must perform
the installation according to the current manual or the AdvanTex® Treatment Systems Limited Warranty will be void. You
can make sure your instructions are current by checking our online Document Library at www.orenco.com. You'll save time and money on
installation day, and you'll get fewer call-backs.
Key Point: Inspect your order for completeness and inspect each component for shipping damage. Check to be sure
instructions and items supplied comply with your state and local regulations. Carefully read and follow all instructions. Improper
installation may void warranties.
IMPORTANT: The backwash discharge from a salt -type water softener MUST NOT be plumbed into an AX-RT Treatment Unit
or the preceding septic tank. Failure to follow this instruction, or any other in this manual, will void the system's warranty.
Contact your AdvanTex Dealer if you have any questions about any household plumbing arrangements that may interfere with
the functioning of the system.
Note: All pipe diameters provided are U.S. nominal PVC pipe sizes. If you are using metric pipe, you may need adapters to
connect to the U.S. fittings supplied with AdvanTex Treatment Systems.
Septic Tanks Used in AX-RT Treatment Systems
Be sure that any septic tank used in an AX-RT Treatment System meets the following conditions:
• The tank must conform to an approved and authorized tank design for AdvanTex Systems, and it must meet all applicable regula-
tory requirements (no pour -in -place tanks, no homemade tanks, etc.). Call your local Dealer for specifics.
• The tank must be structurally sound.
• The tank must have at least 1000 gal. (3800 L) capacity for an AX20-RT, 1250 gal. (4730 L) for a 5-bedroom AX25-RT, and 1500
gal. (5680 L) for a 6-bedroom AX25-RT at the normal operating level (below the invert of the outlet).
• The tank must have an at -grade access with a watertight, securable and removable lid. If it doesn't, an at -grade access must be
installed onto the septic tank and be made watertight.
• The tank must be watertight and free of leaks.
• An Orenco effluent filter (model FTSO444-36V, FTW0444-36V, or FT0822-14B) must be installed in the septic tank.
Key Point: For existing septic tanks — the tank's depth of burial must allow for a minimum fall of 1/8 inch per foot (10 mm
per meter or 1 %) from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet. If sufficient fall cannot be met, a
grade ring extension must be installed on the AX-RT or a pumping system will need to be installed in the septic tank to move
the filtered effluent to the AX-RT unit. (Contact your Dealer for assistance.)
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, ° 07/17
Page 3

Orenco
SYSTEMS
Installation Manual: AX-RT Treatment Units
ll.
Standard Unit Components And Functions
Standard Components (AX2ORT MODE1 B shown):
O Septic tank inlet tee
O Biotube® effluent filter
O AX-RT inlet and tee
O Treatment tank (recirc/blend chamber)
O Recirc-transfer line
O Recirc-pump system
O Manifold and spin nozzles
O Textile media
O Tank baffle
Treatment tank (recirc/filtrate chamber)
Side view, septic tank
Top view, septic tank
O Discharge pumping system
® AX-RT outlet
® Passive air vent
m Splice box
® Control panel, not shown
Side view, AX-RT unit
Top view, AX-RT unit
Raw sewage enters the septic tank through its inlet tee. In the septic tank, the raw sewage separates into a scum layer, a sludge layer,
and a clear zone. Effluent from the clear zone passes through a Biotube® Effluent Filter and is discharged to the recirc/blend chamber
of the AX-RT unit. The effluent flows through the recirc transfer line to the recirc pumping system, which pumps filtered effluent to the
distribution manifold in the top of the unit. Effluent percolates down through the textile media and is divided — by means of a tank baffle
— between the recirc/blend chamber and the recirc/filtrate chamber inside of the unit.
The recirc pumping system's operation is controlled by a timer in the control panel. It allows the pump to dose the textile media for short
periods (usually 40-60 seconds), typically 72 times a day. These frequent "micro -doses," which optimize the treatment process, occur
throughout the day to maintain the proper biological environment.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, © 07/17
Page 4
0renco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com

Installation Manual: AX-RT Treatment Units
1
Installation Overview
Step 1: Review the site plan. If there is no site plan, draw up a plan including locations and distances.
Step 2: Perform the excavations for the AX-RT unit and (if needed) the septic tank.
Step 3: If the septic tank has not been set, set it according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Step 4: Set the AX-RT unit.
Step 5: Install antibuoyancy deadmen on the AX-RT unit (if needed).
Step 6: Partially backfill the AX-RT unit and (if needed) the septic tank.
Step 7: If the tank adapters and risers have not been installed on the septic tank, install them according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Step 8: If no watertightness test has been performed on the tank and the tank -to -riser connections, perform a watertightness test.
Key Point: The tank and tank -to -riser connections must pass this test before the AX-RT is connected to the tank.
Step 9: Perform a watertightness test of the AX-RT unit's midseam.
Step 10: If the effluent filter has not been installed in the septic tank, install it according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Step 11: Connect the transport line(s) from the septic tank outlet to the AX-RT unit.
Step 12: Connect the passive air vent to the AX-RT unit.
Step 13: Connect the discharge line to the AX-RT outlet.
Step 14: Install and test the control panel and wiring for the AX-RT unit.
Step 15: Perform an operational test of the AX-RT float switches and pump(s).
Step 16: Complete the backfilling of the AX-RT unit and (if needed) the septic tank.
0renco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, c' 07/17
Page 5

Orenco®
SYSTEMS
Installation Manual: AX-RT Treatment Units
Installation Steps
Passive
vent
O
Discharge to
drainfield
A
Control
panel
Cleanout
Splice
boxes
AX-RT unit
�< 5ft
4ft
(minimum
distance)
Outlet
riser
Septic tank
14ft
va
in.
fall
This is a sample sketch of an AX-RT unit installed parallel
to the septic tank, with no antibuoyancy measures installed.
Distances and estimated fall from the septic tank's invert of
the outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet are included.
AX-RT units require 18-24 inches (457-610 mm) space on
all four sides when installed in their own excavation.
Step 1: Review or Sketch Site Plans
Check the site plan for the specifics of your installation.
Key Point: If you're installing the AX-RT unit more than 20 ft (6 m)
from the septic tank, contact your Dealer for assistance.
Step la: Detailed Site Plan Provided
Make sure that the plan accurately reflects conditions at the site. If it
doesn't, contact the Designer before scheduling the installation.
Step 1 b: Plan Of Limited Detail Or No Site Plan Provided
If you are installing the AX-RT unit with a plan of limited detail or with no plan,
contact your local Dealer for assistance and then sketch a site plan that is
consistent with the Designer's specifications:
Key Points:
• Sketch the exact positions of the system components, pipes, electrical
conduits, etc. Account for current and likely future landscape features
in the sketch. (See Panel Installation, EIN-CP-GEN-1, for recommenda-
tions for installing control panels.)
• A minimum fall of 1B inch per foot (10 mm per meter or 1 %) is required
from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet.
• The invert of the inlet on the AX-RT is 46 in. (1168 mm) up from the
base of the unit. The outlet is 24 in. (610 mm) down from the top of the
unit for pump dispersal or 41.5 in. (1054 mm) down for gravity dispersal.
• The bottom of the AX-RT lid must sit 2 inches (50 mm) above finished
grade when set and level. Standard unit height is 72 inches (1830 mm);
grade rings increase height by 6 or 12 inches (152 or 305 mm).
• If the AX-RT unit is installed in its own excavation, the unit requires
18-24 inches (457-610 mm) of space on all four sides.
• If the AX-RT unit is installed in tandem with the septic tank, a minimum of
2 ft (610 mm) separation distance is required between the unit and tank.
• If the AX-RT unit is being installed parallel to the septic tank, offset the
unit from the tank by 6 ft (1.8 m) if antibuoyancy measures are neces-
sary or 4 ft (1.2 m) if antibuoyancy measures are not necessary.
Step 2: Perform Excavation(s)
Step 2a: Before excavating, consider the necessary elevations, offsets, and
grade requirements for the AX-RT unit and (if needed) the septic tank.
Step 2b: Perform the excavation(s).
Key Points:
• Follow the manufacturer's recommendations for excavating the tank area.
• A minimum fall of 1B inch per foot (10 mm per meter or 1 %) is
required from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert
of the inlet.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, ® 07/17
Page 6
0renco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com

limor Installation Manual: AX-RT Treatment Units
Orenco®
SYSTEMS
Installation Steps
Step 2: Perform Excavation(s), cont.
Step 2c: Make sure the bottom of the excavation is suitable for setting the
AX-RT unit and (if needed) the tank: stable, smooth, level, and free of debris,
rocks, and other sharp objects.
Key Points:
• Follow the manufacturer's instructions for bedding the tank.
• If the bottom of the excavation is uneven or rocky, lay a 4-in. (100-mm)
bed of sand or pea gravel and compact the material to create an even,
smooth surface.
Step 2d: If the bottom of the excavation is unstable, stabilize the bottom of
the excavation before continuing.
• For unstable base soil (peat, quicksand, muck, soft or highly expansive clay,
etc.), you may need to over -excavate the site depth and set a firm, 6-in.
(152-mm) compacted base of <_ %2- to 3/-in. (13- to 19-mm) aggregate
or pea gravel.
• For extremely unstable soil, you may need to pour a concrete layer to
stabilize the bottom of the excavation.
• If you have doubt about the soil's stability, consult a local civil or struc-
tural engineer.
Step 3: Set Septic Tank (If Needed)
Set the septic tank according to the manufacturer's instructions.
• Use Fiberglass Tank Burial instructions (NIN-TNK-1) to install 0renco's
500-gallon through 2000-gallon (2000-L through 7570-L) Fiberglass Tanks.
IMPORTANT: Take care to keep everyone clear of the excavation
when placing the tank.
Key Points:
• The tank has to be set at the correct depth to connect to the sewage inlet.
• A minimum fall of 1B inch per foot (10 mm per meter or 1 %) is required
from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet.
Make sure the excavation is stable, smooth, level, and free
from debris, rocks, and sharp objects.
0renco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, ° 07/17
Page 7

Orenco
SYSTEMS
Installation Manual: AX-RT Treatment Units
Installation Steps
Lower the AX-RT unit into position.
12 in. (300 mm)
18-24 in.
(460-600 mm)
When using Orenco fiberglass deadmen, be sure to place them
on a small lift of soil 12 inches (300 mm) from the bottom of
the AX-RT.
Step 4: Set AX-RT Unit
Step 4a: Attach proper lifting equipment to the lifting points on the AX-RT unit.
Step 4b: Carefully lift the unit and lower it into the correct position.
Step 4c: Remove the equipment when the unit is set and level in position.
IMPORTANT: Take care to keep everyone clear of the excavation
when placing the unit. Use a lifting device that will not damage
the unit or the unit's lid.
Key Points:
• A minimum fall of 1B inch per foot (10 mm per meter or 1 %) is required
from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet.
• The bottom of the AX-RT lid must sit 2 inches (50 mm) above finished
grade when set and level.
• If the AX-RT unit is installed in its own excavation, the unit requires
18-24 inches (457-610 mm) of space on all four sides.
• If the AX-RT unit is installed in tandem with the septic tank, a minimum of
2 ft (610 mm) separation distance is required between the unit and tank.
• If the AX-RT unit is being installed parallel to the septic tank, offset the
unit from the tank by 6 ft (1.8 m) if antibuoyancy measures are neces-
sary or 4 ft (1.2 m) if antibuoyancy measures are not necessary.
Step 5: Install Antibuoyancy Deadmen (If Needed)
Determine if antibuoyancy deadmen are necessary for the installation.
0renco offers antibuoyancy hardware kits that can be used with Orenco
fiberglass deadmen or concrete deadmen.
• Deadmen are recommended for all installations.
• Deadmen are required if there is a potential for groundwater to be pres-
ent in the excavation at any time, or if surface runoff can fill the excava-
tion at any time, resulting in a "bathtub" effect.
afNote: This effect occurs in dense soils when water fills an excavation
during surface water runoff —usually during a heavy rain event —
before the disturbed soil in the excavation has had time to settle.
• If you are unsure whether to install antibuoyancy deadmen or not, con-
sult the system Designer or an engineer.
Step 5a: Installing Orenco Fiberglass Deadmen
Step 5a (i): Build up a 3- to 4-inch (75- to 100-mm) lift of soil on each
side of the unit for the deadmen to rest upon.
Step 5a (ii): Secure the deadmen along the length of the unit, on both
sides, with the antibuoyancy kit hardware. Then lower the unit into the hole.
Step 5a (iii): Place the deadmen at least 12 inches (300 mm) from the
bottom of the unit, and make sure they are level.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, ® 07/17
Page 8
0renco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com

Orenco
SYSTEMS
Installation Steps
Step 5: Install Antibuoyancy Deadmen (If Needed), cont.
Step 5b: Installing Concrete Deadmen
Notes:
• We recommend preparing concrete deadmen off site before installation.
• PVC forms for concrete deadmen can be made from 12-in. dia. x 4-ft
long (300-mm x 1200-mm long) PVC half -pipe or chamber material.
• Wooden forms for concrete deadmen can be built 12-in. wide x 6 in.
tall x 4 ft long (300-mm x 150-mm x 1200-mm).
Step 5b (i): Fill two forms halfway with concrete.
Step 5b (ii): Place two #4 reinforcing bars in each of the forms.
Step 5b (iii): Finish filling the forms.
Step 5b (iv): Sink eyebolts from the antibuoyancy hardware kit into the
concrete for attaching the deadmen later.
Step 5b (v): Let the concrete set completely before moving the deadmen.
Step 5b (vi): Use appropriate lifting gear to set the deadmen in place.
Step 5b (vii): Secure the deadmen along the length of the unit, on both
sides, with the antibuoyancy hardware kit and make sure they are level.
Step 6: Partially Backfill Excavation(s)
Partially backfill around the AX-RT unit and (if needed) the tank. Follow the
manufacturer's instructions for backfilling around the tank. Follow the steps
below to backfill around the AX-RT unit.
IMPORTANT: Bolt down the AX-RT lid before backfilling! Bolting
down the lid increases rigidity and helps prevent deformation.
Step 6a: Fill the AX-RT with 16 in. (410 mm) of water on both sides of the baffle.
Step 6b: Backfill around the unit with a 16-inch (410-mm) layer of material.
Key Points:
• Do not use native material to backfill if it is primarily sand; very soft or
highly expansive clay; or if it contains debris, large (> 3A-in. or 19-mm)
rocks, sharp rocks, peat, or muck. In these cases, use <_ 3 inch (< 19
mm) rounded gravel, crushed stone, or pea gravel as fill material. This
material should be washed, free -flowing, and free of debris.
• Do not backfill with sand.
Step 6c: Compact the fill thoroughly with a mechanical compactor.
Step 6d: Fill the AX-RT with water to just above the midseam flange on both
sides of the baffle.
Step 6e: Add another 16-inch (410-mm) layer of backfill.
Step 6f: Compact the fill to 2-3 inches (50-75 mm) below the midseam flange.
t
IMPORTANT:
Do not backfill around the unit
unless the lid is bolted down!
0renco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, ® 07/17
Page 9

Orenco
SYSTEMS
Installation Manual: AX-RT Treatment Units
Installation Steps
See Orenco's PVC Access Riser Installation (NIN-RLA-RR-1)
instructions for installing access risers on Orenco Tank Adapters
Watertight seams are critical for proper performance.
Step 7: Install Adapters and Risers (If Needed)
Step 7a: Install tank adapters if needed. Follow the manufacturer's instructions.
• Use PRTA24 and PRTA30 Tank Adapter Installation (NIN-TA-PRTA-2)
instructions for installing Orenco PRTA24 or PRTA30 Tank Adapters.
• Use RRFTA and RRFTA30 Tank Adapter Installation (NIN-TA-RRFTA-1)
instructions for installing Orenco RRFTA or RRFTA30 Tank Adapters.
• Use FRTA30-FRP Tank Adapter Installation (NIN-TA-FRTA-1) instructions for
installing Orenco FRTA30-FRP Tank Adapters.
• Use Tank Adapter Installation for Roth Tanks (NIN-TA-RR-2) instructions for
installing Orenco FRTA24-R or PRTA30 Tank Adapters on Roth Fralo tanks.
Step 7b: Install the access risers and any necessary grommets.
• Use PVC Access Riser Installation (NIN-RLA-RR-1) instructions for installing
access risers on Orenco Tank Adapters and grommets in access risers.
Key Points:
• Mode 3 systems require a 1-in. (25-mm) grommet in the tank's inlet riser.
The grommet must be on the same side of the riser as the AX-RT unit's
return line.
• The seam between the tank and the tank adapter has to be watertight.
• Watertight seams and penetrations are critical for proper performance.
• Before installing the riser, make sure the riser is the correct height — the
recommended riser height is 2-3 inches (50-75 mm) above final grade.
• Before installing the riser, make sure that the riser penetrations are made
at the correct height to make connections.
• Before installing the riser, make sure the penetrations are aligned correctly.
• After installing the riser, make sure all adhesive seams are smooth, con-
tinuous fillets, free of voids.
• After installing the riser, make sure the adhesive is set before continuing.
Step 8: Test Tank and Adapter Seams For Watertightness
Step 8a: Test the tank for watertightness if it has not been tested already.
Note: Follow the manufacturer's recommendations for watertight-
ness testing. Some manufacturers require the tank be fully backfilled
before testing watertightness.
Step 8b: Test the tank -to -riser adapter seams for watertightness.
• Use PVC Access Riser Installation (NIN-RLA-RR-1) instructions to test the
seams between the access riser, tank adapter, and tank for watertightness.
Key Points:
• Watertight seams are critical for proper system performance — all tank -
to -riser seams must all pass the watertightness test before you continue.
• Follow all applicable regulations and manufacturer's instructions for water-
tightness testing.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, © 07/17
Page 10
0renco Systemse, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com

Mar Installation Manual: AX-RT Treatment Units
Orenco°
SYSTEMS
Installation Steps
Step 9: Test AX-RT Midseam for Watertightness
Step 9a: Make sure the AX-RT unit is filled with water to 1-2 inches (25-
50 mm) above the midseam flange on both sides of the tank baffle.
Step 9b: Wait 15 minutes and then inspect the midseam flange for leaks.
There should be no drop in liquid level and no visible leakage from the seam.
Step 9c: If there is any leakage, contact your Dealer for information on
repairing the AX-RT unit.
Step 10: Install Effluent Filter
Install the effluent filter after the tank has been water tested.
Step 10a: Verify the model of the effluent filter.
• 0renco's FTS0444-36V, FTW0444-36V, and FT0822-14B filters are
the only models allowed for use with the AX-RT Treatment Unit.
Step 10b: Dry test -fit the effluent filter on the septic tank's outlet pipe.
Key Points:
• Make sure the filter is plumb.
• Make sure the filter is snug to the tank wall with enough clearance for
easy removal of the filter cartridge.
Step 10c: Secure the filter to the outlet pipe with one of the following methods:
• Glue the filter onto the tank outlet pipe with primer and glue, or
• Secure the filter with a stainless steel set screw.
Step 10d: If necessary for ease of access, extend the cartridge handle
with a longer length of 3/4-inch nominal (20-mm DN) Schedule 40 PVC pipe.
Step 11: Connect Transport Line from Tank to AX-RT
Step 11 a: Dry fit the 4-inch (100-mm) transport line and any fittings
between the outlet of the septic tank and the inlet of the AX-RT unit.
Key Point: Confirm there is a minimum fall of 1B inch per ft (10
mm per m or 1 %) from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the
AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet.
Step 11b: Glue all of the transport line pieces in place.
IMPORTANT: Do not use primer on ABS parts.
Step 11 c: For Mode 3 units, glue all of the return line pieces in place.
• Install the 1-in. (25-mm) return line between the return line port and
the 1-in. (25-mm) grommet for the return line on the tank's inlet riser.
• To avoid siphoning, the return line should allow effluent to pour into the
tank from the height of the riser grommet.
n
.41nnnnnnnnnnonpnnnnnsum
n nnnnn
Fill AX-RT unit with water to 1-2 inches (25-50-mm) above
the midseam flange on both sides of the baffle.
Effluent filter installed on the septic tank outlet.
0
1/8 inch minimum fall
Confirm a minimum fall of 1/8 inch per foot (10 mm per
meter or 1 %) from the septic tank's invert of outlet to
the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet.
0renco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, © 07/17
Page 11

Orenco
SYSTEMS
Installation Manual: AX-RT Treatment Units
Installation Steps
Passive air vent -
Install the vent within 20 ft (6 m) of the AX-RT unit.
Wire control panel.
Step 12: Connect Passive Air Vent
Use 2-inch (50 mm) PVC pipe to plumb the passive air vent to the 2-inch
(50 mm) vent fitting that protrudes from the outlet side of the AX-RT unit.
Key Points:
• Install the vent within 20 ft (6 m) of the AX-RT unit, preferably near a
wall or other location that will protect it from damage.
• Make sure the vent line is sloped back a minimum of 1/4 inch per foot
(20 mm per meter) so that it can drain back into the unit.
• Make sure there are no "bellies" in the line that can collect water.
• Make sure the vent's top is a minimum of 3 in. (75 mm) above final grade.
Notes:
• The air vent can easily be hidden by shrubbery or landscaping.
• The air vent can be painted to better blend in with landscaping.
Step 13: Connect AX-RT Outlet to Transport Line
Glue the AX-RT discharge plumbing line to the transport line for final discharge.
Step 14: Mount Control Panel and Perform Wiring
Key Points:
• This step should be performed by a licensed or qualified electrician.
• Installation instructions, schematics, and wiring diagrams specific to the
panel and float switch configuration are included with each panel. If any of
these is missing, contact your Dealer or Orenco for a replacement.
Step 14a: Install the splice box(es) on the AX-RT using the instructions that
came with it.
Step 14b: Mount the panel using the instructions that came with it.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT mount the control panel on an exterior wall
other than a garage or shop wall! The motor contactor makes a sound
while engaging and disengaging that can be disruptive to residents.
Key Points:
• Follow all applicable regulations for placement of the control panel.
• Mount the panel within sight of the tank in a service -friendly location,
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, © 07/17
Page 12
0renco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com

Mow Installation Manual: AX-RT Treatment Units OFeflCO®
SYSTEMS
Installation Steps
Step 14: Mount Control Panel and Perform Wiring, cont.
Step 14c: Route wires and connect the panel, pump, float switches, and other
equipment shown in the instructions and schematics into the control panel.
IMPORTANT: Follow all applicable regulations and electric codes.
Key Points:
• Use watertight wire connectors to avoid electrical shorts and other issues.
• Be sure to seal the conduit at the control panel and at the splice box
with UL-listed sealing foam, putty, or silicone sealant.
0: Note: To help identify wiring runs for individual pumps and float
switches, use different -colored wires for each electrical component.
Step 15: Perform AX-RT Operational Test
IMPORTANT: Before using a generator to operate a pump, contact
your Dealer or Orenco to make sure it can supply sufficient starting
amperage to the pump.
Step 15a: Rotate the manifold so that the spin nozzles face upward.
Step 15b: Remove the cap at the end of the manifold.
Step 15c: Toggle the recirc pump "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "MAN" for
10-20 seconds to flush any debris out of the manifold.
IMPORTANT: Always make sure there is enough water in the
AX-RT's recirc/blend chamber to safely run the pump.
Step 15d: Rotate the manifold so that the spin nozzle faces down and
reinstall the cap on the end of the manifold.
Step 15e: Install the pressure gauge on the manifold.
Step 15f: Toggle the recirc pump "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "MAN" and adjust
the gate valve for a pressure gauge reading of 3.0-3.5 psi (20.7-24.1 kPa).
Note: If the manifold won't pressurize to 3.0-3.5 psi (20.7-24.1 kPa),
check for debris, line breaks, or broken valves, and verify that the pump has
sufficient power. Contact your Dealer for additional assistance.
Key Point: Check for complete spray coverage of the textile media and
adjust the pressure as needed for complete coverage.
Step 15g: Toggle the recirc pump "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "OFF."
Step 15h: Remove the pressure gauge.
Step 15i: Return the recirc pump "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "AUTO."
Rotate the manifold so spin nozzles face upward.
Remove the cap at the end of the manifold.
Egtx
Install
pressure
gauge
me
'Adjust
gate valve
0renco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, © 07/17
Page 13

Orenco®
SYSTEMS
Installation Steps
Step 15: Perform AX-RT Operational Test, cont.
Step 15j: If the system uses a VCOMTM control panel, use the instructions that
came with it to place the control panel in "Test Mode." If the system uses an
MVP control panel, go on to the next step.
Step 15k: Check the operation of the recirc chamber's float switches by
raising and lowering the low-level, mid -level, and high-level float in turn and
verifying that each performs its intended function.
• If the AX-RT unit has a discharge pump, continue to step 151.
• If the AX-RT unit has an MVP panel and gravity discharge, go to step 15o.
• If the AX-RT has a VCOM panel and gravity discharge, take the panel
out of "Test Mode" and go to step 15o.
IMPORTANT: Always make sure there is enough water in the
AX-RT's discharge chamber to safely run the pump.
Step 151: Toggle the discharge pump's "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "MAN"
and verify the pump runs.
Step 15m: Toggle the discharge pump's "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "AUTO."
Step 15n: Check the operation of the discharge chamber's float switches by
raising and lowering the low-level, mid -level, and high-level float in turn and
verifying that each performs its intended function.
• For units with a VCOM control panel, take the control panel out of "Test
Mode."
Step 15o: Make sure the recirc pump and (if equipped) discharge pump's
"AUTO/OFF/MAN" switches are toggled to "AUTO."
Step 15p: Close and bolt down the lid on the AX-RT unit.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, ' 07/17
Page 14
Orenco Systems', Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com

Installation Manual: AX-RT Treatment Units OFeflCO®
SYSTEMS
Installation Steps
Step 16: Complete Backfilling
Key Points:
• When backfilling, be careful not to alter the slope of any of the pipes.
Brace the pipes or place the pipes on a compacted bed and carefully
fill around them.
• Before backfilling, make sure the AX-RT unit's lid and all riser lids are
bolted down.
Step 16a: Backfill the septic tank excavation if it has not yet been done.
Follow the tank manufacturer's guidelines for backfilling.
Step16b: Backfill and compact around the AX-RT unit in maximum 12-inch
(305-mm) lifts.
Key Points:
• Do not use native material to backfill if it is primarily sand; very soft or
highly expansive clay; or if it contains debris, large (> 3/-in. or 19-mm)
rocks, sharp rocks, peat, or muck. In these cases, use <_ 3/-in. (<_ 19
mm) rounded gravel, crushed stone, or pea gravel as fill material. This
material should be washed, free -flowing, and free of debris.
• For installations in non -cohesive soils* with high seasonal water tables,
use 3/-inch crushed rock as the backfill material.
• Do not backfill with sand.
Step 16c: Compact the fill thoroughly with a mechanical compactor.
Key Points:
• The bottom of the AX-RT lid should sit 2 inches (50 mm) above final
grade.
• After backfilling, call the system's Service Provider to arrange for the
official System Start-up.
Step 16d: Be sure the AX-RT unit's lid is closed and secured.
Step 16e: Be sure the septic tank's access lids are secured.
*As described in OSHA Standards (29 CFR, Part 1926, Subpart P, Appendix A), noncohesive soils
or granular soils include gravel, sand, or silt with little or no clay content. Granular soil cannot be
molded when moist and crumbles easily when dry. Cohesive soils include clayey silt, sandy clay,
silty clay, clay, and organic clay. Cohesive soil does not crumble, can be excavated with vertical
sideslopes, is hard to break up when dry, and when moist, can be rolled into threads without
crumbling. For example, if at least a 2-inch (51-mm) length of 1/8-inch (3-mm) thread can be
held on one end without tearing, the soil is cohesive.
2 in. (50 mm)
above final grade
Maintain m n mum'118 in.
:1 (10 mm or%)_slope
Backfill the AX-RT in 12-inch (300 mm) lifts.
/I
0renco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, © 07/17
Page 15

Installation
Manual
AdvanTex®
AX-RT Treatment Systems
Residential Applications
:77.71.1
AdvanTex Treatment System AX-RTN
Models meet the requirements of NSF/ANSI
SIAND Standard 40 for Class I Systems.
US
LISTED
Orenco�
S Y S T E M S
1-800-348-9843
[phone]
www.orenco.com
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, © 07/17
Orenco Systems®, Inc.

UV Component

crenco®
SYSTEMS
Technical Data Sheet AIM
Orenco° UV Disinfection Unit
Applications
The Orenco® UV Disinfection Unit is designed for use in residential
applications after advanced secondary treatment (10 mg/L cB0D5
and TSS) when disinfection is required before dispersal.
It requires installation inside a pump or gravity discharge basin or in a
separate tank following an advanced secondary treatment system.
Orenco° UVIB
control panel
(shown open)
Power cord
Cord grip
Vented lamp
handle
Outlet
3-in. (80-mm)
quick -disconnect cou-
pling (2 pieces)
Inlet
Contact
chamber
Teflon° sleeve
UV lamp
Flow -through
spacer
0renco° UV Disinfection Unit, Cutaway View
General
Treated effluent flows by gravity through the contact chamber and
around the UV lamp where it is disinfected in a 360-degree contact
zone. The unit uses no chemicals and has no moving parts. It requires
annual cleaning and lamp replacement.
In side -by -side NSF® testing, the Orenco UV Disinfection Unit reduced
bacteria by 99.999% (5 logs), meeting or exceeding the performance
of other residential UV disinfection units.
The Orenco UV Disinfection Unit comes with a power ballast and a
lamp current sensor, housed in an Orenco control panel to protect the
UV unit's electronic components. The control panel is installed exter-
nally, outside of the wet well.
Features/Specifications
• UL-recognized for US and Canada
• Bacteria reduced by 99.999% (5 logs)
• Flow path designed for maximum contact time between effluent and
lamp
• Components designed to work together — no piecemeal disinfec-
tion assemblies and wiring
• Teflon sleeve to protect lamp and minimize buildup and service
intervals
• Quick -disconnect fitting for easy inspection and unit cleaning
• Power ballast and lamp current sensor housed in a control panel
(not in a wet well) to minimize corrosion and failure due to environ-
mental exposure
Standard Models
UV-125/31-UVIB, UV-125/31-UVIBSUB
Product Code Diagram
UV - 125/31 -
Power cord length:
Blank = 25 ft (7.62 m)
50 = 50 ft (15.2 m)
Control panel options:
UVIB = panel with audible and visible alarms
UVIBSUB = sub -panel for use with separate control panel
Lamp length:
31 = 31 in. (787 mm)
Lamp output at 1 meter:
125 = 125 µW/cmz
0renco UV disinfection unit
ClUS UL-recognized
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
NTD-UV-OSI-1
Rev. 2.0, © 03/17
Page 1 of 2

crenco Technical Data Sheet
SYSTEMS
Orenco UVIB Control Panel
(Shown Opened)
Orenco UV Disinfection Unit
(Top View)
Orenco UV Disinfection Unit
(Side Cutaway View)
Materials of Construction
Panel enclosure
UV -resistant fiberglass, UL Type 4X rated
Hinges and latches Stainless steel
Cord grip Nylon
Contact chamber 3-in. (80-mm) diameter Sch 40 black ABS
Inlet tee 3-in. (80-mm) Sch 40 black ABS
Other fittings Black ABS
Quick -disconnect
coupling
Black ABS
1 %2-in. IPS outlet Black ABS
Lamp assembly seal EPDM rubber
Lamp sleeve Teflon®
Specifications
Panel Dimensions, in. (mm)
Height 11.5 (290)
Width 9.5 (240)
Depth 5.4 (135)
UV Unit Dimensions, in. (mm)
A 5.63 (143)
B 10.06 (256)
C 1.50 IPS (40 DN)
D 42.25 (1073)
E 38.56 (979)
F 34.50 (876)
Inlet -to -outlet fall 0.50 (13)
UV Unit Performance
Typical contact chamber
UV dose (65% trans-
mittance, 20% lamp
degradation)
276,000 µWs/cm2 at 1 gpm (0.06 L/sec)
55,000 p,Ws/cm2 at 5 gpm (0.32 L/sec)
28,000 µW s/cm2 at 10 gpm (0.63 L/sec)
Minimum target dose 30,000-38,000 µWs/cm2a
Lamp
31 inches (787 mm), 92 VAC, 50 or 60 Hz,
425 mA, 38 W; 254 nm UVC intensity at 1 m
is 125 µW/cm2
Power cord 600V, 18/2 UL Type TC
Cord plug UL listed four -pin connector, lampholder,
electric discharge, 1000 V or less
Ballast 120V, AC, 50 or 60 Hz, located in UL listed
Orenco® control panel
Audible alarm* 95 dB at 24 in. (610 mm), warble -tone sound
Visual alarm* 7A-in. (22-mm) diameter red lens, "Push -to -
silence." UL Type 4X rated, 1 W LED Iight, 120 V
Circuit breaker
10 A, OFF/ON switch. Single -pole 120 V*.
DIN rail mounting with thermal magnetic
tripping characteristics
UVIB control panels only
NTD-UV-0S1-1
Rev. 2.0, © 03/17
Page 2 of 2
Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com

Recirculation and Irrigation Pumps

•FeflCO® iTechnicaI Data Sheet
PF Series 60-Hz, 4-inch (100-mm)
Submersible Effluent Pumps
Applications
Our 4-inch (100-mm) Submersible Effluent Pumps are designed to
transport screened effluent (with low TSS counts) from septic tanks or
separate dosing tanks. All our pumps are constructed of lightweight,
corrosion -resistant stainless steel and engineered plastics; all are field -
serviceable and repairable with common tools; 60-Hz PF Series models
are CSA certified to the U.S. and Canadian safety standards for effluent
pumps, meeting UL requirements.
Orenco's Effluent Pumps are used in a variety of applications, includ-
ing pressurized drainfields, packed bed filters, mounds, aerobic units,
effluent irrigation, effluent sewers, wetlands, lagoons, and more. These
pumps are designed to be used with a Biotube® pump vault or after a
secondary treatment system.
Franklin
Liquid End
S�®
c us
LR80980
LR2053896
— Discharge Connection
— Bypass Orifice
— Suction Connection
APowered by
qpFranklin Electric
Features/Specifications
To specify this pump for your installation, require the following:
• Minimum 24-hour run -dry capability with no deterioration in pump life
or performance*
• Patented 1/8-inch (3-mm) bypass orifice to ensure flow recirculation
for motor cooling and to prevent air bind
• Liquid end repair kits available for better long-term cost of ownership
• TRI-SEALTM floating impeller design on 10, 15, 20, and 30 gpm
(0.6, 1.0, 1.3, and 1.9 Vsec) models; floating stack design on 50 and
75 gpm (3.2 and 4.7 Vsec) models
• Franklin Electric Super Stainless motor, rated for continuous use and
frequent cycling
• Type SOOW 600-V motor cable
* Not applicable for 5-hp (3.73 kW) models
Standard Models
See specifications chart, pages 2-3, for a list of standard pumps. For
a complete list of available pumps, call 0renco.
Product Code Diagram
PF
lord length, ft (m):#
Blank = 10 (3) 20 = 20 (6)
30 = 30 (9) 50 = 50 (15)
Check valve:
Blank = no internal check valve
CV = internal check valves
Voltage, nameplate:
1 = 115* 200 = 200
2 = 230 4 = 460
Frequency:
1 = single-phase 60 Hz
3 = three-phase 60 Hz
Horsepower (kW):
03 = ih hp (0.25)
07 = 3 hp (0.56)
15=11/2hp(1.11)
30 = 3 hp (2.24)
Nominal flow, gpm (L/sec):
10=10(0.6) 15=15(1.0)
20 = 20 (1.3) 30 = 30 (1.9)
50 = 50 (3.2) 75 = 75 (4.7)
05 = 1 hp (0.37)
10 = 1 hp (0.75)
20 = 2 hp (1.50)
50 = 5 hp (3.73)
Pump, PF Series
* 36-hp (0.37kW) only
'Available for 10 gpm (0.6 L/sec), 1/2 hp (0.37 kW) only
Note: 20-ft cords are available only for single-phase pumps through 136 hp
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
NTD-PU-PF-1
Rev. 5.0, © 03/17
Page 1 of 5

Specifications
E
R
Pump Model
N
ca
aR+ R rtR p N
3 co o = c
N N R I R al co R
i R E+R. ate •(R �• R
=- d z> a C A m
cn�i
a
E
Length, in. (mm)
Rated cycles/day
PF100511 10 (0.6) 0.50 (0.37) 1 115 120 12.7 12.7 6 1 I/4 in. GFP 23.0 (660) 16 (406) 26 (12) 300
PF100511 CV 10 (0.6) 0.50 (0.37) 1 115 120 12.7 12.7 6 1 1/4 in. GFP 23.0 (660) 16 (406) 26 (12) 300
PF100512 10 (0.6) 0.50 (0.37) 1 230 240 6.3 6.3 6 1 A in. GFP 23.0 (660) 16 (406) 26 (12) 300
PF10053200 10 (0.6) 0.50 (0.37) 3 200 208 3.8 3.8 6 1 I/4 in. GFP 23.0 (660) 16 (406) 26 (12) 300
PF100712 4' 5 10 (0.6) 0.75 (0.56) 1 230 240 8.3 8.3 8 1 1/4 in. GFP 25.9 (658) 17 (432) 30 (14) 300
PF10073200 4' 5 10 (0.6) 0.75 (0.56) 3 200 208 5.1 5.2 8 1 '/a in. GFP 25.4 (645) 17 (432) 31 (14) 300
PF101012 5' 6 10 (0.6) 1.00 (0.75) 1 230 240 9.6 9.6 9 1 IA in. GFP 27.9 (709) 18 (457) 33 (15) 100
PF10103200 5' 6 10 (0.6) 1.00 (0.75) 3 200 208 5.5 5.5 9 1 14 in. GFP 27.3 (693) 18 (457) 37 (17) 300
PF102012 5' 6, 7, 8 10 (0.6) 2.00 (1.49) 1 230 240 12.1 12.1 18 1 IA in. SS 39.5 (1003) 22 (559) 48 (22) 100
PF102032 5, 6, 8 10 (0.6) 2.00 (1.49) 3 230 240 7.5 7.6 18 1 A in. SS 37.9 (963) 20 (508) 44 (20) 300
PF10203200 5, 6, 8 10 (0.6) 2.00 (1.49) 3 200 208 8.7 8.7 18 1 �/4 in. SS 37.9 (963) 20 (508) 44 (20) 300
PF150311 15 (1.0) 0.33 (0.25) 1 115 120 8.7 8.8 3 1 '/a in. GFP 19.5 (495) 15 (380) 23 (10) 300
PF150312 15 (1.0) 0.33 (0.25) 1 230 240 4.4 4.5 3 1 '/a in. GFP 19.5 (495) 15 (380) 23 (10) 300
PF200511 20 (1.3) 0.50 (0.37) 1 115 120 12.3 12.5 4 1 A in. GFP 22.3 (566) 18 (457) 25 (11) 300
PF200512 20 (1.3) 0.50 (0.37) 1 230 240 6.4 6.5 4 1 IA in. GFP 22.5 (572) 18 (457) 26 (12) 300
PF20053200 20 (1.3) 0.50 (0.37) 3 200 208 3.7 3.8 4 1 '/a in. GFP 22.3 (566) 18 (457) 26 (12) 300
PF201012 4' 5 20 (1.3) 1.00 (0.75) 1 230 240 10.5 10.5 7 1 A in. GFP 28.4 (721) 20 (508) 33 (15) 100
PF20103200 4' 5 20 (1.3) 1.00 (0.75) 3 200 208 5.8 5.9 7 1 IA in. GFP 27.8 (706) 20 (508) 33 (15) 300
PF201512 4'5 20 (1.3) 1.50 (1.11) 1 230 240 12.4 12.6 9 1 '/a in. GFP 34.0 (864) 24 (610) 41 (19) 100
PF20153200 4.5 20 (1.3) 1.50 (1.11) 3 200 208 7.1 7.2 9 1 '/4 in. GFP 30.7 (780) 20 (508) 35 (16) 300
PF300511 30 (1.9) 0.50 (0.37) 1 115 120 11.8 11.8 3 1 �/a in. GFP 21.3 (541) 20 (508) 28 (13) 300
PF300512 30 (1.9) 0.50 (0.37) 1 230 240 6.2 6.2 3 1 IA in. GFP 21.3 (541) 20 (508) 25 (11) 300
PF30053200 30 (1.9) 0.50 (0.37) 3 200 208 3.6 3.6 3 1 '/a in. GFP 21.3 (541) 20 (508) 25 (11) 300
PF300712 30 (1.9) 0.75 (0.56) 1 230 240 8.5 8.5 5 1 A in. GFP 24.8 (630) 21 (533) 29 (13) 300
PF30073200 30 (1.9) 0.75 (0.56) 3 200 208 4.9 4.9 5 1 IA in. GFP 24.6 (625) 21 (533) 30 (14) 300
PF301012 4 30 (1.9) 1.00 (0.75) 1 230 240 10.4 10.4 6 1 IA in. GFP 27.0 (686) 22 (559) 32 (15) 100
PF30103200 4 30 (1.9) 1.00 (0.75) 3 200 208 5.8 5.8 6 1 A in. GFP 26.4 (671) 22 (559) 33 (15) 300
PF301512 4' 5 30 (1.9) 1.50 (1.11) 1 230 240 12.6 12.6 8 1 IA in. GFP 32.8 (833) 24 (610) 40 (18) 100
PF30153200 4' 5 30 (1.9) 1.50 (1.11) 3 200 208 6.9 6.9 8 1 IA in. GFP 29.8 (757) 22 (559) 34 (15) 300
PF301534 4' 5 30 (1.9) 1.50 (1.11) 3 460 480 2.8 2.8 8 1 '/a in. GFP 29.5 (685) 22 (559) 34 (15) 300
PF302012 5' 6, 7 30 (1.9) 2.00 (1.49) 1 230 240 11.0 11.0 10 1 A in. SS 35.5 (902) 26 (660) 44 (20) 100
PF30203200 5' 6 30 (1.9) 2.00 (1.49) 3 200 208 9.3 9.3 10 1 '/4 in. SS 34.0 (864) 24 (610) 41 (19) 300
PF303012 5, 6, 7, 8 30 (1.9) 3.00 (2.23) 1 230 240 16.8 16.8 14 1 IA in. SS 44.5 (1130) 33 (838) 54 (24) 100
PF303032 5, 6, 8 30 (1.9) 3.00 (2.23) 3 230 240 10.0 10.1 14 1 A in. SS 44.3 (1125) 27 (686) 52 (24) 300
PF305012 5, 6, 7, 8 30 (1.9) 5.00 (3.73) 1 230 240 25.6 25.8 23 1 �/4 in. SS 66.5 (1689) 53 (1346) 82 (37) 100
PF305032 5, 6, 8 30 (1.9) 5.00 (3.73) 3 230 240 16.6 16.6 23 1 '/4 in. SS 60.8 (1544) 48 (1219) 66 (30) 300
PF30503200 5, 6, 8 30 (1.9) 5.00 (3.73) 3 200 208 18.7 18.7 23 1 '/4 in. SS 60.8 (1544) 48 (1219) 66 (30) 300
PF500511 50 (3.2) 0.50 (0.37) 1 115 120 12.1 12.1 2 2 in. SS 20.3 (516) 24 (610) 27 (12) 300
PF500512 50 (3.2) 0.50 (0.37) 1 230 240 6.2 6.2 2 2 in. SS 20.3 (516) 24 (610) 27 (12) 300
PF500532 50 (3.2) 0.50 (0.37) 3 230 240 3.0 3.0 2 2 in. SS 20.3 (516) 24 (610) 28 (13) 300
PF50053200 50 (3.2) 0.50 (0.37) 3 200 208 3.7 3.7 2 2 in. SS 20.3 (516) 24 (610) 28 (13) 300
PF500534 50 (3.2) 0.50 (0.37) 3 460 480 1.5 1.5 2 2 in. SS 20.3 (516) 24 (610) 28 (13) 300
PF500712 50 (3.2) 0.75 (0.56) 1 230 240 8.5 8.5 3 2 in. SS 23.7 (602) 25 (635) 31 (14) 300
PF500732 50 (3.2) 0.75 (0.56) 3 230 240 3.9 3.9 3 2 in. SS 23.7 (602) 25 (635) 32 (15) 300
NTD-PU-PF-1
Rev. 5.0, © 03/17
Page 2 of 5
Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com

Technical Data Sheet
Specifications, cont.
N
t
a
Pump Model
N
ca
0
+O+
C.
E
N
.y C
En flu
o�
Length, in. (mm)
crenco
°
SYSTEMS
Cl
cr
01
Rated cydes/day
PF50073200 50 (3.2) 0.75 (0.56) 3 200 208 4.9 4.9
PF500734 50 (3.2) 0.75 (0.56) 3 460 480 1.8 1.8
PF501012 50 (3.2) 1.00 (0.75) 1 230 240 10.1 10.1
PF50103200 50 (3.2) 1.00 (0.75) 3 200 208 5.7 5.7
PF501034 50 (3.2) 1.00 (0.75) 3 460 480 2.2 2.2
PF5015124 50 (3.2) 1.50 (1.11) 1 230 240 12.5 12.6
PF501532004 50 (3.2) 1.50 (1.11) 3 200 208 7.0 7.0
PF503012 4, 5, 7, 8 50 (3.2) 3.00 (2.23) 1 230 240 17.7 17.7
PF50303200 4, 5, 8 50 (3.2) 3.00 (2.23) 3 200 208 13.1 13.1
PF503034 4, 5, 8 50 (3.2) 3.00 (2.23) 3 460 480 5.3 5.3
PF505012 5,e,7,8 50 (3.2) 5.00 (3.73) 1 230 240 26.2 26.4
PF505032 5'8'7'8 50 (3.2) 5.00 (3.73) 3 230 240 16.5 16.5
PF751012 75 (4.7) 1.00 (0.75) 1 230 240 9.9 10.0
PF751512 75 (4.7) 1.50 (1.11) 1 230 240 12.1 12.3
1 GFP = glass -filled polypropylene; SS = stainless steel. The 1 1A-in. NPT GFP discharge is 2 7i8 in. octagonal
NPT SS discharge is 2 7i8 in. hexagonal across flats. Discharge is female NPT threaded, U.S. nominal size, to
about fittings to connect hose and valve assemblies to metric -sized piping.
2 Minimum liquid level is for single pumps when installed in an Orenco Biotube® Pump Vault or Universal Flow I
more information.
3 Weight includes carton and 10-ft (3-m) cord.
4 High-pressure discharge assembly required.
5 Do not use cam -lock option (Q) on discharge assembly.
6 Custom discharge assembly required for these pumps. Contact Orenco.
7 Capacitor pack (sold separately or installed in a custom control panel) required for this pump. Contact Orenco.
8 Torque locks are available for all pumps, and are supplied with 3-hp and 5-hp pumps.
Materials of Construction
3
3
4
4
4
5
5
8
8
8
13
13
3
4
2 in. SS
2 in. SS
2 in. SS
2 in. SS
2 in. SS
2 in. SS
2 in. SS
2 in. SS
2 in. SS
2 in. SS
2 in. SS
2 in. SS
2 in. SS
2 in. SS
23.1 (587)
34.8 (884)
27.0 (686)
26.4 (671)
26.4 (671)
32.5 (826)
29.3 (744)
43.0 (1092)
43.4 (1102)
40.0 (1016)
65.4 (1661)
59.3 (1506)
27.0 (686)
33.4 (848)
26 (660)
25 (635)
26 (660)
26 (660)
26 (660)
30 (762)
26 (660)
37 (940)
30 (762)
31 (787)
55 (1397)
49 (1245)
27 (686)
30 (762)
32 (15)
31 (14)
35 (16)
39 (18)
39 (18)
41 (19)
35 (16)
55 (25)
55 (25)
55 (25)
64 (29)
64 (29)
34 (15)
44 (20)
300
300
100
300
300
100
300
100
300
300
300
300
100
100
across flats; the 1 14-in. NPT SS discharge is 2 1i8 in. octagonal across flats; and the 2-in.
accommodate Orenco® discharge hose and valve assemblies. Consult your Orenco Distributor
nducer. In other applications, minimum liquid level should be top of pump. Consult Orenco for
Discharge Glass -filled polypropylene or stainless steel
Discharge bearing Engineered thermoplastic (PEEI<)
Diffusers Glass -filled PPO (Noryl GFN3)
Impellers Celcon® acetal copolymer on 10-, 20, and 30-gpm models; 50-gpm impellers are Noryl GFN3
Intake screen Polypropylene
Suction connection Stainless steel
Drive shaft 7/16 inch hexagonal stainless steel, 300 series
Coupling Sintered stainless steel, 300 series
Shell Stainless steel, 300 series
Motor
Franklin motor exterior constructed of stainless steel. Motor filled with deionized water and propylene glycol for constant lubrication. Hermetically
sealed motor housing ensures moisture -free windings. All thrust absorbed by Kingsbury -type thrust bearing. Rated for continuous duty. Single-
phase motors and 200 and 230 V 3-phase motors equipped with surge arrestors for added security. Single-phase motors through 1.5 hp
(1.11 kW) have built-in thermal overload protection, which trips at 203-221° F (95-105° C).
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
NTD-PU-PF-1
Rev. 5.0, © 03/17
Page 3 of 5

Orenco®
SYSTEMS
Technical Data Sheet
Using a Pump Curve
A pump curve helps you determine the best pump for your system. Pump curves show the relationship between flow and pressure (total dynamic
head, or TDH), providing a graphical representation of a pump's optimal performance range. Pumps perform best at their nominal flow rate. These
graphs show optimal pump operation ranges with a solid line and show flow rates outside of these ranges with a dashed line. For the most accurate
pump specification, use Orenco's PumpSelect- software.
Pump Curves
Total dynamic head (TDH) in feet
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
400
350
a
as
a 300
x
250
a 200
150
100
ev
50
0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Series, 60 Hz, 0.5 2.0 hp
PF020
1•PF10
•''
- —
PF1010
.
- PF1007
•
PF1005
""
PF1005-FC
w/'/4" flow`
controller
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 1
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
PF2015
I I I I I I I
PF20 Series, 60 Hz, 0.5 -1 5 hp
PF2010
PF20051
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
40
Total dynamic head (TDH) in feet
Total dynamic head (TDH) in feet
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
PF15 Series, 60 Hz, 0.3 hp
PF1503
0
0
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
3 6 9 12 15 18 21
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
24
J PF3050
1 1
PF30 Series, 60 Hz, 0.5 - 5.0 hp
PF3030
PF30201
JPF3015
PF3010
PF3007
PF3005
0
0
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
NTD-PU-PF-1
Rev. 5.0, © 03/17
Page 4 of 5
Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com

Pump Curves, cont.
Total dynamic head (TDH) in feet
450
400
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
PF5050
I I I I I I I I
PF50 Series, 60 Hz, 0.5 - 5.0 hp
PF5030
1-3W11
PF5010
1PF5007
PF5005
0
0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
Total dynamic head (TDH) in feet
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0
J PF7515
1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I
PF75 Series, 60 Hz, 1.0 - 1.5 hp
PF7510
1
10 20
30
40 50
60
70
80 90
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
100
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
NTD-PU-PF-1
Rev. 5.0, © 03/17
Page 5 of 5

Orenco® Technical Data Sheet AM
SYSTEMS_
Universal Flow Inducer
Applications
Orenco's Universal Flow Inducer houses any Orenco high -head efflu-
ent pump in applications where filtration is not necessary. The base
rests on the bottom of the tank, and the mounting flange is epoxied
to a PVC riser. The flow inducer can be lengthened or shortened to fit
any tank. The tee, which holds the mounting flange and float assembly
bracket, slides to any position along the flow inducer. A float assembly
(ordered separately) snaps into the bracket. Applications include:
• Pump tanks
• Disinfection systems
• Effluent reuse systems
• Cisterns
Mounting flange
(fits 3-in. pipe)
4-in. flow inducer
Fiberglass base
Sliding tee
Float assembly
bracket
Float assembly (ordered
separately)
1 3/8-in. (35-mm)
inlet holes
General
To specify this product, require the following:
• Class 125 4-in. (nominal) PVC pipe body
• Injection -molded ABS mounting flange
• Injection -molded holster for float tree
• Ability to accommodate flows as great as 65 gpm (4.1 L/sec)
Standard Model
UFI-4
Materials of Construction
Flow inducer Class 125 PVC
Mounting flange Injection -molded ABS
Base Fiberglass -reinforced polyester
Specifications
Dimensions
Flow inducer diameter 4" nominal
Height 72" (1828 mm)
(can be lengthened or shortened)
Shipping weight
13 lb (5.9 kg)
Mounting
bracket epoxied
to PVC riser
High -head
pump
Discharge assembly
Float assembly
*Typical installation in concrete pump tank. Use screws to secure mounting bracket to riser while
epoxy cures.
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
NTD-UFI-1
Rev. 2.0, © 03/17
Page 1 of 1

Control Panel and Rain Sensor

RAIN SENSOR
SINGLE
CONDUIT
(no splices)
CONDUIT
SUPPORT
RISER OR
CORRUGATED
PIPE
6
COVER CONDUIT \j<, ° 00
MINIMUM 18" \/%�� °°
TO PUMPTANKP
TO POWER SOURCE?
INSTALL
MULTIPLE
CONDUITS AS
NEEDED
N.T.S.
CONTROL
PANEL
0000
0
0
•
4X6 TREATED POST
MOUNT PANEL
DIRECTLY TO POSTS
OR TO ALUMINUM PLATE
(GRIND OFF PROTRUDING
SCREWS)
2X4 TREATED - SECURE
WITH 4 - 3" DECK SCREWS
PER POST
2' (min.)
GRAVEL
a TO HEADWORKS
ALL CONDUIT
TO BE 3/4 " (min)
3' BURIAL DEPTH
MINIMUM

Orenco
SYSTEMS
VeriComm® AX20B Control Panels
Applications
VeriComm° AX2OB remote telemetry control panels are used in
AdvanTex® AX20 Treatment Systems with two pumps for timed recir-
culation and pump discharge. Coupled with the web -based VeriComm
Monitoring System, these affordable control panels give the ability to
remotely monitor and control treatment system operation, with real-
time efficiency to wastewater system operators and maintenance
organizations, while remaining invisible to the homeowner. AX2OB
panels allow remote operators to change system parameters, includ-
ing timer settings, from the web interface. Interlocked controls prevent
recirculation pump operation if there is a high-level alarm on the dis-
charge side.
Typical AX2OB VeriComm® Control Panel
Standard Models: VCOM AX2OB1, VCOM AX2OB2
Features
Three Operating Modes
• "Start -Up Mode" collects trend data and establishes operating stan-
dards during the first 30 days of operation
• "Normal Mode" manages day-to-day functions
• "Test Mode" suspends data collection and alarm reporting during
installation and service
Data Collection and Utilization
• Compiles data logs of system conditions and events such as pump
run times, pump cycles, and alarm conditions
Troubleshooting and Diagnostic Logic
• Reports suspected component failures, which then trigger alarms
Features, cont.
Advanced Control Logic
• Activates system diagnostics in the event of a float failure or malfunc-
tion and maintains normal system operation until servicing can occur
Communication and Alarm Management
• Provides remote telemetry and a web -based monitoring applica-
tion for communication and alarm management (see VeriComm
Monitoring System, NTD-CP-VCOM-1)
• Updates point values (including timer settings) and queued changes
during each host communication session
• Contacts with host monthly; more frequently during alarm conditions
Multiple Communication Methods
• Call -In to VeriComm® Host (phone line or optional high speed internet)
— Signals critical fault conditions that require immediate attention
(e.g., pump failure) through automatic alarm notifications
— Signals less -critical fault conditions (e.g., stuck float switch) through
automatic alert notifications and triggers the panel's troubleshooting
logic and alternative operating mode
— Sends updates through automatic update notifications, including
alarm updates or all -clear notifications following alarms/alerts, as
well as normally scheduled monthly panel reports
— Allows manual, forced communication from panel to host for updat-
ing point values and receipt of queued changes
• Real -Time, Manual Direct Panel Connection
— Allows a local operator real-time access to detailed logged data
and the ability to change point values through direct connection via
RS-232 serial port from a laptop or Android° device with optional
Bluetooth® kit
— Allows a local operator to initiate an auto -answer mode in real-time
to access detailed logged data and the ability to change point val-
ues via direct, forced communication at the site
Open -architecture software with password security is used during
real-time, manual connections. Orenco offers BT-VCOM software as an
option, but VeriComm panels require no proprietary software. VT100
protocol allows access and control from a Mac or PC computer using a
simple communication program (e.g., Windows° HyperTerminal), with
multilevel password protection ensuring that only qualified personnel can
access the panel's data.
Status Light Indicators
— Flashing green LED for normal operation
— Yellow LEDs for status of digital inputs
— Red LEDs for status of digital outputs and modem activity
UL-recognized and FCC -approved
For more information, try our online demo at www.vericomm.net (no password required).
Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
NTD-CP-VC0M-3
Rev. 2.0, © 06/18
Page 1 of 2

Orenco
SYSTEMS
Technical Data Sheet
E-
•
\cs
o7
o°
DI
ICI uniiiifinitv
I,
rmoo uom
CO �001
.00 00
CO =0 •
CO =Of
—CO goo
CO°ODo
Standard Components
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Feature Specifications
1. VeriComm® Remote
Telemetry Unit"
2. Motor -Start Contactors
ATRTU-100: 36/18 VAC (center tap transformer); 8 digital inputs, 4 analog inputs, 4 digital outputs, 0 analog outputs,
on -board modem (2400 baud); LED input and output indicators; 1-year battery backup of data and program settings
120 V, 16 FLA, 1 hp (0.75 kW), 60 hz; 2.5 million cycles at FLA (5 million at 50% of FLA)
240 V,16 FLA, 3 hp (2.24 kW), 60 hz; 2.5 million cycles at FLA (5 million at 50% of FLA)
3. Toggle Switch Single -pole, single -throw, momentary manual switch; 20 A, 3/4 hp (0.75 kV
4. Controls Circuit Breaker 10 A, OFF/ON switch; single -pole 120 V; DIN rail mounting with thermal magnetic tripping characteristics (240 V units are
available for international markets)
5. Pump Circuit Breaker
6. Fuse
20 A, OFF/ON switch; single -pole 120 V or double -pole 240 V; DIN rail mounting with thermal magnetic tripping characteristics
250 VAC, 1 A
7. Transformer 120 VAC primary, 36 VCT @ 0.85 A secondary
8. Audible Alarm 95 dB at 24 in. (610 mm), warble -tone sound
9. Visual Alarm 7i8-in. (22-mm) diameter red lens; "Push -to -silence;" UL Type 4X rated, 1 W LED light, 120 V
10. Panel Enclosure Measures 13.51 in. high x 11.29 in. wide x 5.58 in. deep (343 x 287 x 135 mm). UL Type 4X rated. Constructed of
UV -resistant fiberglass; hinges and latch are stainless steel.
`See VeriComm® Monitoring System (NTD-CP-VCOM-1) for details.
Optional Components
Feature
Specification(s) Product Code Adder
Pump Run Lights
Heater
7i8-in. (22-mm) diameter green lens. UL Type 4X rated, 1 W LED light, 120 V
Anti -condensation heater; self-adjusting: radiates additional wattage as temperature drops
PRL
HT
Programmable Timer
Discharge pump timed dosing PT
UV Disinfection Compatibility
UV grounded power circuit and alarm contacts; pump disable upon UV failure UV
Additional options available on a custom basis. Contact Orenco Controls for more information.
NTD-CP-VCOM-3
Rev. 2.0, © 06/18
Page 2 of 2
Orenco Systems° Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com

Float Switch Assemblies
Installation, Operation and Maintenance Instructions
Model MF
o
Oreneo Systems'
Incorporated
1.800-348-9843
Installation Instructions
The float switch assembly is typically mounted in the screened pump vault or effluent screen inside of a septic or dosing tank.
The assembly is detachable without removal of the screened pump vault or effluent screen. A typical float switch assembly is
shown below.
Step 1:
Each float cable is provided with a color marker. This marker indicates the
function of the float. Make sure that your float cable color markers corre-
spond with the wiring diagram provided. If the wiring diagram does not
match your float cable marker colors, contact Orenco Systems® Inc. or
your local dealer for assistance.
Step 2:
To check for proper float switch operation, move each switch up and down
and check for interference. Remove the assembly from its holding bracket
by snapping it out of the holding bracket.
Float function
color marker
Float stem
Adjustable float
collar
Stainless steel
set screw
Float
© 2003 Orenco Systems* Inc.
NIN-MF-MF-1
Rev. 2.0, ©11/04
Page 1 of 4

Installation Instructions (continued)
Step 3:
If any float interferes with another, the float may be adjusted by loosening
the stainless steel set screw provided in the float collar. Using a phillips
screwdriver, slowly back the screw out of the collar to a point at which the
collar may be adjusted. Be careful not to back the screw completely out of
the collar. Carefully rotate the collar on the stem until the float switches can
move freely past one another. Tighten the stainless steel set screw and
recheck.
Warning: Be careful not to alter the the tether lengths of any of the floats.
Alteration of the tether length may affect proper operation of the float
switch assembly.
Step 4:
Check the float settings with the project plans and specifications. If the set-
tings need to be adjusted, loosen the set screw as described in step 3.
Adjust the float switches to the desired level and tighten the set screw.
Make sure float level settings do not violate any state or local regulations.
Note: The float stem provided is the maximum length possible without
interfering with the pump minimum liquid level or screened pump vault
intake ports. Never lengthen the float stem without prior approval from
Orenco. Lengthening of the float stem will void the warranty.
Step 5:
Replace the float switch assembly in the holding bracket. Make sure the
assembly snaps fully into the bracket.
Step 6:
To allow for easy removal of a float switch assembly, a 1" diameter handle
may be added to the top of the float switch assembly. Measure the distance
from the top of the float switch assembly up to about one foot from grade
level. Cut a 1" diameter PVC pipe to the measured length and glue it into the
handle.
NIN-MF-MF-1
Rev. 2.0, © 11/04
Page 2 of 4
© 2003 Orenco Systems® Inc.

Installation Instructions (continued)
Step 7:
When used with an Orenco electrical splice box:
Push the level control wires through the watertight cord grips into the
electrical splice box. Leave an adequate length of electrical cable coiled
inside the riser to allow for easy removal of the pump and float switch
assembly. Do not remove the colored markers or the paper tags from the
float cables, and do not try to thread the markers and tag through the
cord grip. Tighten the cord grips by hand, not by tool, then test the tight-
ness of the cord grips by tugging on each cable. A cable is secure when
the cord grip is tight enough to prevent slippage. Adequate lengths of
cable should be left within the splice box to allow easy removal for future
disconnecting and resplicing.
Note: See the splice box instructions (EIN-SB-SB-1) and
corresponding splice box diagram for connection instructions.
© 2003 0renco Systems* Inc.
NIN-MF-MF-1
Rev. 2.0, © 11/04
Page 3 of 4

Maintenance Instructions
Orenco Systems"
Incorporated
1-800-348-9843
During the annual inspection, follow the testing procedures provided to ensure that the system is operating properly. If a float is
found to be faulty, either during the annual inspection or during troubleshooting after an alarm condition, see the section below
titled Removing and Replacing Inoperative Floats.
Removing and Replacing Inoperative Floats
Important: Before doing any work either on the wiring to the level control floats and pump in the vault or in the pump control
panel, switch the circuit breakers in the panel to their "OFF" positions; then switch off the power to the system at the service
entrance panel.
1. Remove the float assembly from the vault.
2. Using a Phillips screwdriver, remove the stainless steel screws from the splice box lid, being careful not to drop the screws
into the tank. If the splice box was submerged, or if there is a crack in the conduit, there may be water in the splice box. If
this is the case, remove water from the splice box with a syringe, sponge, or other appropriate method. Loosen the cord grip
at the splice box and verify the appropriate splice for the float. Unscrew the wire nuts and remove the float.
3. Remove the inoperative float and replace it with a new one. Push the float cable through the watertight cord grip into the
electrical splice box. Leave an adequate length of electrical cord coiled inside the riser to allow for easy removal of the float
assembly. Do not remove the colored markers or the paper tags from the float cords, and do not try to thread the markers and
tag through the cord grip. Tighten the cord grip by hand, not by tool, then test the tightness of the cord grip by tugging on the
cord. A cord is secure when the cord grip is tight enough to prevent slippage. An adequate length of cord should be left
within the splice box to allow for easy removal for future disconnecting and resplicing.
4. Refer to document EIN-SB-SB-1 for instructions to splice the float wire to the wire from the control panel. Attach the float
wires using the waterproof wire nuts. It is necessary to replace this wire nut with a new watertight wire nut. Always use
watertight wire nuts or heat shrink splice kits for all connections!
5. Replace the float and collar and return the assembly to the pump vault.
6. Reconnect power and test the unit.
NIN-MF-MF-1
Rev. 2.0, © 11/04
Page 4 of 4
© 2003 Orenco Systems' Inc.

Orenco
Technical Data Sheet
SYSTEMS
Float Switch Assemblies
Applications
Float switches are used to signal liquid level positions for alarm and
pump control applications. Orenco float switch assemblies can be
mounted in pump vaults, effluent screens, pump basins, and risers.
I
On
Off
x
Set point -
Y
Float stem
Float collar
Float tether
The "On" and "Off" positions describe normally open floats.
For normally closed floats, the functions are reversed.
Materials of Construction
Float housing Impact -resistant, noncorrosive PVC plastic for use in liquids
up to 140° F (60° C)
Float cord, Flexible 2-conductor (UL, CSA) SJOOW; Super Vu-Tron®
P and N models Supreme, yellow
Float cord,
All other models
Float collar ABS
Flexible 2-conductor (UL, CSA) SJOW; water-resistant
(CPE); neoprene coating
General
All models listed are UL listed and CSA certified for use in water or sew-
age. Non -mercury float switches (models B, C, N, and P) are used where
components containing mercury are prohibited.
Float switches are typically ordered in assemblies that include one or
more switches mounted on a 1-inch PVC float stem. ABS float collars
are used to provide secure mounting that is easily adjustable.
Normally -open "P" float switches have a blue cap for easy identifica-
tion; normally -closed "N" float switches have a red cap. "P" and "N"
model float switches use Super Vu-Tron® electrical cords for superior
chemical and water resistance.
Standard Models
B, C, G, N, P
MF
lord length option:
Blank = 10 ft (3 m), standard
20 = 20 ft (6 m)
30 = 30 ft (9 m)
50 = 50 ft (15 m)
Application:
FS = field set
FTL = elbow -style (base -inlet filters only)
PB = pump basin
V = pump vault (standard float settings)
STEP = Standard float settings for STEP
STEPRO = Standard float settings for STEP with redundant off
SVCOM = Standard float settings for VCOM simplex
Float stem length:
Blank = no float stem (floats and collars only)
19, 21, 27, 33, 37, 39, 45, 51, 57, 66 = stem length, in.
5,11 = stem length, in. (for elbow -style float brackets)
Float switch models (listed in order from the top of the float stem down):
B,C,G,N,P
Number of float switches (when using multiples of the same float switch model):
Blank = no multiples of the same float switch model
Float switch assembly
Product Code Diagram
When ordering float switch assemblies, remember to list float switches
from the top of the float stem down. An "MFPBN-" nomenclature indi-
cates one "P" switch at the top of the stem, one "B" in the middle of
the stem, and one "N" switch at the bottom of the stem; an "MF2PN-"
indicates "P" switches at the top and middle of the stem, and one "N"
switch at the bottom of the stem.
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
NTD-MF-MF-1
Rev. 3.0, © 03/17
Page 1 of 2

Orenco
SYSTEMS
Technical Data Sheet
Signal- and Motor -Rated Float Switch Matrix
Float
State'
Type
IR2
Volts
Amps
hp
Tether
X
Y
Drawdown3
Signal -rated mechanical floats4 (for control switch applications)
P Modela
Normally open
Mechanical
Yes
n/a
n/a
n/a 2.00 in.
1.50 in.
0.50 in.
2.00 in.
N Modela
Normally closed
Mechanical
Yes
n/a
n/a
n/a 2.00 in.
1.50 in.
0.50 in.
2.00 in.
Motor -rated floats4 (for pump switch applications)
B Model
Normally open
Mechanical
No
120V
13A
1/2 hp
2.00 in.b
2.50 in.
1.50 in.
4.00 in.
240V
13A
1 hp
3.00 in.
3.00 in.
1.50 in.
4.50 in.
4.00 in.
3.25 in.
1.50 in.
4.75 in.
C Model
Normally open
Mechanical
No
120V
13A
1/2 hp
2.00 in.
3.00 in.
2.50 in.
5.50 in.
240V
15A
2 hp
3.00 in.b
3.50 in.
3.00 in.
6.50 in.
4.00 in.
4.00 in.
3.50 in.
7.50 in.
5.00 in.
4.50 in.
4.00 in.
8.50 in.
6.00 in.
5.25 in.
4.25 in.
9.50 in.
G Model
Normally open
Mercury
Yes
120V
15A
3/4 hp
2.00 in.
1.50 in.
3.00 in.
4.50 in.
240V
15A
2 hp
3.00 in.b
1.75 in.
3.00 in.
4.75 in.
4.00 in.
2.00 in.
3.50 in.
5.50 in.
a. Suitable for use with VCOM and MVP.
b. Standard tether length
Notes
' State: normally open or normally closed
The default state of a float - normally open or normally closed - refers to the contact
positions in the float when the float is resting (down). Float switches have an internal contact.
The terms "normally open" (N/0) and "normally closed" (N/C) refer to the state of the float
switch contact in the down position. A normally open float switch has an open contact (off) in
the down position and a normally closed float switch has a closed contact (on) in the down
position. Different panel functions require different types of float switches. Most applications
require float switches that are normally open. One notable exception is the redundant off and
low-level alarm function that requires a normally closed float switch, except with MVP and
VCOM panels.
21R (intrinsically safe relay)
Approved for use with intrinsically safe, Class I, Division 1 applications, where reliable float
switch operation with very low current is required.
,Drawdown
Drawdown (in inches) refers to the difference in liquid level between a float switch's activation
and deactivation points. Drawdown can be altered by adjusting the tether length of the float
switch cord. When selecting float switches, keep in mind that any float switch that can directly
start and stop a pump (one that has no motor contactor in the control panel) should have a
drawdown capability, to avoid rapid cycling of the pump.
"Signal -rated or motor -rated
Every float has a maximum amount of current it can handle. Exceeding these limits may cause
premature failure. Signal -rated or "control" floats are used to activate pump control panels
and alarms. Only low -amperage signals pass through these float switches, hence the float
switch is "signal -rated." All Orenco panels that use motor contactors can use signal -rated float
switches. In some systems, a float switch is used to directly start and stop a pump. In this
application, the current that is running the pump passes through the float switch as well, and
the float switch must be "motor -rated." In most instances, a motor -rated float switch can be
used as a signal float switch.
NTD-MF-MF-1
Rev. 3.0, © 03/17
Page 2 of 2
Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com

Huunter®
The Irrigation Innovators
There's nothing more embarrassing —or more
wasteful or costly —than an irrigation system
that runs when it doesn't have to...in the rain.
Mini-Clik® provides the simplest, most effective way
to prevent sprinklers from coming on during or after
precipitation. It easily installs on any automatic irrigation
system, then shuts sprinklers off in a storm and keeps
them off, automatically compensating for the amount
of rainfall that occurred. Disks absorb water and expand
proportionally to the amount of rain that fell (e.g., a
Mini-Clik Rain Sensor
Mini-Clik®
The world's
most simple,
accurate, rugged,
and reliable
rain sensors
small cloudburst would result in little absorption, a
6" thunderstorm would lead to more absorption and
expansion). As the moisture -laden disks expand, they
eventually activate a switch that interrupts the circuit from
the controller to the valves. Once dry, they contract and
release the switch. Thus, Mini-Clik
automatically resets without ever
affecting your controller. There's no
better way to ensure that a system
isn't watering when it isn't necessary.
Features & Benefits
lir_ter
Easily installs on any automatic
irrigation system
Versatile enough to work with all
popular controllers
Patented mechanism cannot be fouled
by dirt or debris
Reliable operation, no false shutdowns
Adjusts to actuate at various
rainfall quantities
Set from Y8' to 1" based upon your
local conditions
Includes 25 feet of 20 gauge two
conductor wire
Fast and easy mounting out of sight
5-year warranty
Your guarantee of dependable operation
Why You Should Ask for a
Genuine Mini-Clik Sensor:
Adding the patented Mini-Clik
sensor to your system's irrigation
controller is the easy way to make
system operation truly automatic. By
interrupting programmed watering
during rainy periods, the Mini-Clik
can save thousands of gallons of
water each season. Unlike other rain
sensors, the Mini-Clik is accurate, reli-
able, and proven effective in lowering
your water usage.

Models
MINI-CLIK — standard Mini-Clik model
MINI-CLIK-HV — code approved for liquid tight electrical
fittings for 120 or 240 volt wiring applications
MINI-CLIK-C —Y female threaded inlet at bottom
MINI-CLIK-NO — normally open switch
MINI-CLIK-C-NO —' female threaded inlet at bottom,
normally open switch
Dimensions
• Height: 5 inches
• Length: MINI-CLIK:6inches
MINI-CLIK-HV:71/z inches
Operating Specifications
Switch Rating: 5 amps, at 125/250VAC (MINI-CLIK
and MINI-CLIK-C)
Wiring: MINI-CLIK and MINI-CLIK-C: Typically
interrupts the common ground wire between the
solenoid valves and the controller
MINI-CLIK-HV: For use with high voltage irrigation
systems, and systems using pumps drawing less
than 10 amps peak
MINI-CLIK-NO: for use with controllers that require
a normally open sensor switch
Included: 25 ft. of #20 two conductor wire, two
mounting screws, controller identification label,
and detailed instructions
By compensating for the effects of natural
rainfall, the Mini-Clik saves water and
typically pays for itself in just one season.
SPECIE
EXAMPLE: MINI-CLIK - HV
I I
MODEL OPTIONS
MINI-CLIK H11= High Voltage Model for 110/220VAC Applications
C = Conduit Mount
NO = Normally Open Switch
Note: For Mini-Clik' in Sensor Guard enclosure, specify SG -MC.
To add Bypass Switch Box to any non -Hunter controller
installation, specify BPSW with sensor. Bypass switch function
is standard in all Hunter controllers.
Mini-Clik® Rain Sensors
All Mini-Clik rain sensors are UL Listed and available in three different models
accommodate your particular wiring needs.
MINI-CLIK
The standard Mini-Clik model, for use in most appli-
cations. Constructed of high impact thermoplastic
and aluminum. Simple click -stop settings accurately
measure rainfall in quantities of %a"to 1': Reset rate
is adjustable.
Model: MINI-CLIK
11
MINI-CLIK-C
Features a % "female threaded inlet at the bottom
to accommodate any type of conduit to enclose
wire. Electrical PVC or plumbing PVC pipe can
be used with this unit since it is intended for 24 volt
applications.
Model: MINI-CLIK-C
•
MINI-CLIK-HV
Adds in code approved liquid -tight electrical fittings
for 120 or 240 volt wiring applications. Also includes
18 inches of 16 AWG installation wire. Integral
bracket with supplied electrical fittings and conduit.
Ready to mount on any standard junction box.
Model: MINI-CLIK-HV
{
Bypass Switch Box: Give Any Automatic Controller's Remote
Sensors the Capability to Bypass
It's the easy way to put a system in the manual
mode as would be needed during servicing and
troubleshooting operations. Featuring a compact,
heavy-duty switch mechanism, the Bypass Switch
Box mounts quickly and easily with its no -strip
wire connectors and supplied adhesive tape.
1ilh. 3.11Fh
Model: BPSW
Mini -Weather Station: Control
System Operation with Sensors for
Wind, Rain, and Temperature
With the Hunter Mini -Weather Station you get
each of Hunter's three different sensor devices in one
single convenient unit. The Mini-Clik rain sensor shuts
sprinklers off in a storm and keeps them off, automat-
ically compensating for the amount of rainfall that
occurred. The Freeze-Clik® prevents system activation
by automatically stopping the flow of water when
outdoor temperatures drop near freezing. The Wind-
Clik° shuts off systems during periods of high wind,
then automatically resets the system when conditions are more favorable. Easy to
mount (it attaches to your controller with just two wires) and easy to use, the Mini -
Weather Station takes all the guesswork out of when you shouldn't water.
Model: MWS-FR
Hunter Industries Incorporated • The Irrigation Innovators
1940 Diamond Street • San Marcos, California 92078 • TEL: [phone] • FAX: [phone]
www.HunterIndustries.com
© 2006 Hunter Industries Incorporated
P/N 700592 LIT-277 3/06

Hodder®
Mini-Clik Rain Sensors
Installation Instructions
on the controller,
disconnect it. Attach one
wire of the Mini-Clik to the
"common" terminal
(usually marked "C") on
the controller. Attach the
other wire of the Mini-Clik
to the common wire
leading to the valves.
Note: The common wire
to the valves does not
have to be interrupted
at the controller. The
Mini-Clik may be wired
anywhere along the
common wire line.
B. 24 Volt Solenoid Valves
with Booster Pump (See
Figure 4)
Locate the common wire
to the solenoid valves and
the common wire leading
to the coil of the relay that
starts the pump. If these
two wires are connected
to the "common" terminal
on the controller,
disconnect both of them.
Twist together these two
wires along with one wire
from the Mini-Clik, and
secure with a wire nut.
Attach the other wire of
the Mini-Clik to the
"common" terminal on the
controller. Note: The pump
circuit output must be 24
Volts in this situation. Do
not proceed if 110V.
C. Special Instructions for
Mini-Clik-HV (See Figures
5 and 6)
The two taped and
stripped wires are the
ones to be used when
following these accompa-
nying diagrams. The third
wire should be terminated
with a wire nut (not sup-
plied). All wire connec-
tions with the Mini-Clik
should be made with wire
nuts and located in a
junction box.
Where the timer is
controlling a pump, the
relay may be inside the
timer, external or non-
existent. If there is no
relay in the circuit, one
must be added. The
wiring for an internal or
external relay is the same:
the Mini-Clik breaks the
circuit to the coil of the
relay only. Either wire of
the coil may be broken.
Operation Check to Verify
Correct Wiring
Turn on one zone of the
irrigation system that is
visible while you are in reach
of the Mini-Clik. Manually
110V
Input
110V Line
Figure 5
Mini-Clik
Common Wire to
All Valves
Figure 3
Controller
C 1 2 3 4
Solenoid
Valves
Controller
Pump
or MV C 1 2 3 4
Common
Wire to All
Valves
Line -Out (to Pump)
Figure 4
Mini-Clik
Solenoid
Valves
Mini-Clik-HV
Controller
110V
Switched
Input
Terminate
110V
Solenoid
Valves
depress the spindle at the top of the Mini-Clik until you hear the switch "click"
off. The sprinkler zone should stop instantaneously. If it does not, check wiring
for correctness. It is not necessary to "wet" test the Mini-Clik, although it will test
the operation fine, if desired.
ADJUSTMENTS AND OPERATION
The Mini-Clik can keep the irrigation system from
starting or continuing after rainfall quantities of 1/a",
1/4", 1/2", 3/4" or 1". To adjust it to the desired shut-
off quantity, rotate the cap on the switch housing
so that the pins are located in the proper slots (see
Figure 7). Do not forcibly twist the cap as this might
break the pins.
The time that it takes the Mini-Clik to reset for
normal sprinkler operation after the rain has
stopped is determined by weather conditions (wind,
sunlight, humidity, etc.) These conditions will
determine how fast the hygroscopic discs dry out,
and since the turf is also experiencing the same
conditions, their respective drying rates will roughly parallel each other. So when
the turf needs more water, the Mini-Clik is already reset to allow the sprinkler
system to go at the next scheduled cycle.
There is an adjustment capability on the Mini-Clik that will slow down the reset
rate. By turning the "vent ring" (see Figure 7) to completely or partially cover the
ventilation holes, the hygroscopic discs will dry more slowly. This adjustment can
compensate for an "overly sunny" installation location, or peculiar soil conditions.
Experience will best determine the ideal vent setting.
BYPASSING THE SENSOR
The Hunter ICC and SRC controllers are equipped with a built-in bypass that
allows you to override an active sensor. For controllers not equipped with this
feature, should you desire to bypass the operation of the Mini-Clikfor any reason
(i.e., turn on your system even though the Mini-Clik has shut `off" due to rainfall),
there are two simple ways to do this. The first is to add our Bypass Switch Box.
This mounts on or next to the controller, and by simply moving the switch, the
Mini-Clik is bypassed. The second method is to go to the Mini-Clik and raise the
"cap" a couple of settings higher or completely remove it. This takes the pressure
off the switch button, which allows the valve circuit to close again.
Note: Using the "manual"switch on non -Hunter controllers typically will not
bypass the sensor.
MAINTENANCE
There is no required maintenance for the unit. The Mini-Clik does not have to be
removed or covered for "winterizing" purposes.
Troubleshooting
Follow these simple checks first before assuming the unit is bad and replacing it.
System will not come on at all:
A. First, check to see that the Mini-Clik discs are dry and the switch "clicks" on
and off freely by pressing the top of the spindle.
B. Next, look for breaks in the wire leading to the Mini-Clik and check all wire
junctions.
C. Finally, if the Mini-Clik is dry and the wire leading to it is good, check the Mini-
Clik switch by nicking the insulation of the two "outer" wires near the unit to
expose copper. Turn one sprinkler zone on, and apply a "jumper wire" across
the two exposed wires. If the sprinkler now comes on, the switch is bad. Wrap
all nicked wires with electrical tape.
System will not shut off even after heavy rainfall:
A. Check wiring for correctness (see "Operation Check to Verify Correct Wiring").
B. Check sensitivity setting on Mini-Clik — move cap to more sensitive setting.
The Mini-Clik is an accurate rain gauge and can be verified by setting up a
"tube" type rain gauge in the same vicinity and making periodic readings.
C. Is the rainfall actually hitting the Mini-Clik? Check for obstructions to rainfall
such as overhangs, trees or walls.
All Mini-Clik models are listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL). Samples of these devices have
been evaluated by UL and meet the applicable UL standards for safety.

Hunter
Mini-Clik Rain Sensors
Installation Instructions
INTRODUCTION
In most installations, the Mini-Clik acts as a switch to break the circuit to the
solenoid valves of the irrigation system when it has rained. This allows the timer
to advance as scheduled, but keeps the valves from opening the water flow.
Once the Mini-Clik has dried sufficiently, the switch closes again to allow for
normal operation.
The Mini-Clik has three blue wires coming out of it.Two are connected to a 25
foot extension, and the third center one is left disconnected. This center blue
wire is the "normally open" lead of the switch and is not used in most installations.
The remaining two extension wires are colored (one "silver" tinned, the other
natural copper); however, in the following instructions it will not matter which
wire is connected at a given junction.
For the Model Mini-Clik-C: This rain sensor unit is the same as the standard
model except for the lack of an aluminum mounting bracket and the addition of
a 1/2' threaded cap, which allows for the easy use of electrical conduit to totally
enclose the wires. Unless local code states otherwise, plumbing grade PVC pipe
can be used as well as electrical grade conduit.
For the Model Mini-Clik-HV: This rain sensor unit is designed to be used
with automatic irrigation systems of two principle designs: 1) single -station
electrical timer (e.g., Intermatic) that switches power to a pump, either directly
or through a relay; or 2) single -station electrical timer that switches power to a
solenoid valve.
MOUNTING
Standard Model:
Using the screws
provided, mount the Mini-
Clik on any surface
where it will be exposed
to unobstructed rainfall,
but not in the path of
sprinkler spray. The
switch -housing portion
must be upright (as
pictured), but the swivel -
bracket can be moved for
mounting on any angled
surface. Loosen the
locknut and screw before
swiveling bracket, and
then re -tighten.
For the Conduit Model
Mini-Clik-C:
The conduit acts as the
mounting support for the
unit. Therefore, place
and mount the conduit
to allow for the desired
sensor location as
described in the main
instructions for the
standard model. Be sure
to support the conduit
sufficiently along its
various lengths.
For the High -Voltage
Model Mini-Clik-HV:
The mounting of this unit is primarily made by screwing the fitting end into the
threaded holes of covers to rectangular junction boxes (for outdoor use) or the
covers of round junction boxes commonly used for outdoor spotlights. Locate
the junction box so that with the Mini-Clik attached, unobstructed rainfall will hit
the outermost sensing end of the unit. If a longer reach is needed, the "Carlon"
flexible conduit piece can be substituted with a slightly longer piece (up to 8"
length with no support or up to 11" with support).
Helpful hints for mounting:
A. When looking for a suitable location such as on the side of a building or post,
the closer the Mini-Clik is to the controller, the shorter the wire run will be.
This will also minimize the chance for wire breaks.
B. The ideal location for mounting is not always the most practical location. In
the case where a compromise must exist (such as low location on a side wall
rather than the preferred high location), note that the Mini-Clik will still work
as it will always receive some rainfall — it just will not be as accurate in its
gauging as it could be.
C. As described in the "Operation" section of this manual, "reset rate" refers to
the amount of time it takes the Mini-Clik to dry out sufficiently for the sprinkler
system to be allowed to come back on. The mounting location will affect this
rate and should be taken into consideration should extreme conditions exist.
For example, mounting the Mini-Clik on a very sunny, southern end of a
building may cause the Mini-Clik to dry out sooner than desired. Similarly,
mounting on the northern end of a building with constant shade may keep the
Mini-Clik from drying soon enough.
Once the Mini-Clik is mounted, run the wire to the controller, and fasten it every
few feet with wire clips or stapled for best results. If an extension to the wire
provided is needed, use the following table to determine the minimum wire
gauge needed:
If the extension needed is: 25-50 ft. 50-100 ft. 100 ft. or more
use: 20 AWG 18 AWG 16 AWG
WIRING TO YOUR IRRIGATION SYSTEM
Important: The Standard Model Mini-Clik is sold and designed for hook up to 24
Volt irrigation controllers only. For wiring to 110V or 220V irrigation controllers,
please consult your distributor or this factory. All wiring must conform to National
Electrical Code or applicable local codes.
For the Model Mini-Clik-C: WARNING! This unit is designed to be installed in
conjunction with 24VAC circuits only. Do not use with 110 or 220VAC circuits.
For the Model Mini-Clik-HV: WARNING! This unit must be installed by a qualified
electrician in accordance with National Electrical Code and applicable local
codes. The electrical rating of this device is 125-250VAC at 10.1 amps. Do not
let current pass through this
device that exceeds this
rating. Do not install directly
in line with any pump.
Wiring to the Hunter SRC
The Mini-Clik connects
directly to the SRC. This
allows you to easily override
the sensor by using the RUN
(BYPASS SENSOR) position
on the dial.
1. Route the wires from the
Mini-Clik up through the
same opening used for
valve wiring.
2. Connect one wire to the
RS terminal and other
to the C terminal (See
Figure 1).
3. Connect the valve common
to the RS terminal.
Wiring to the Hunter ICC
The Mini-Clik connects
directly to the ICC. This
allows you to easily override
the sensor by using the
Sensor switch on the front
panel.
1. Remove the jumper from
the two "SEN" terminals.
2. Route the wires from the
rain sensor up through the
same conduit opening
used for valve wiring.
3. Connect one wire to the
terminal labeled "SEN"
and the other wire to the
other "SEN" terminal (See
Figure 2).
Other Controllers
The two most common situations are shown below. For non-standard wiring
situations, please consult your distributor or request our "Non-standard"
wiring information packet.
A. 24 Volt Solenoid Valves Only (No booster pump) (See Figure 3)
With the two wires from the Mini-Clik at the controller, locate the "common
ground" wire of the solenoid valves. If it is connected to the common terminal
Mini-Clik
Hunter SRC
Connect Common to
this Terminal when
using Rain Sensor
Connect Rain
Sensor Wires to
These Two Terminals
RS C
1 2 3 4
000
Third Normally -
Open Lead
(Do Not Use)
Figure 1
Solenoid
Valves
Third Normally -
Open Lead
(Do Not Use)
Hunter Industries Incorporated • The Irrigation Innovators
1940 Diamond Street • San Marcos, California 92078 • U.S.A. • TEL: [phone] • FAX [phone]
www.hunterindustries.com
© 2011 Hunter Industries Incorporated
LIT-315 RevA 5/11

Drip Field Components

AMERICAN ONSITE PRODUCTS
BIOLINE DRIP TUBING
The world most advanced continuous
self-deaning pressure -compensating
drippedine for wastewater.
Applications
• Can be used with domestic septic tank effluent
of 220/220 (ppm) BODITSS with proper design,
filtration and operation
• Typically installed following a treatment
process
• Reuse applications including municipally
treated effluent designated for irrigation
Features/Benefits
• Pressure Compensation - all drippers deliver
equal flow, even on sloped or rolling terrain.
• Unique Flow Path - Turbonet technology
provides more control of water and a high
resistance to clogging
• Continuous Self -Flushing Dripper Design -
flushes debris, as it is detected - throughout
operation, not just at the beginning or end of
a cycle. Ensures uninterrupted dripper
operation.
• Single Hole Dripper Outlet from Tubing:
- Better protection against root intrusion
- Allows the dripper line to be used in
subsurface applications without need for
chemical protection
• Drippers Capture Water Flow From the Center
of the Tubing - ensures that only the cleanest
flow enters the dripper.
• Built -In Physical Root Barrier - drippers are
protected from root intrusion without the
need for chemical protection. Water exits
dripper in one location while exiting the
tubing in another.
• Three Dripper Flow Rates - provides the
broadest range of flow rates available. Allows
the designer to match the dripperline to any
soil or slope condition.
• Bioline Tubing is Completely Wrapped in
Purple - the complete tubing is purple,easily
identifiying it as a non -potable, regardless of
how the tubing is installed_
• Vinyzene-Impregnated Drippers - prevents
buildup of microbial slime.
• Can be used subsurface - Bioline can be
installed on -surface, under cover or subsurface.
• No Special Storage Requirements - does not
degrade if stored outdoors.
• Techfilter Compatible - an optional level of
protection, provides a limited lifetime
warranty against root intrusion.
EXPLODED VIEW OF BIOLINE DRIPPER
Effidently Short
Flow Path
Turbonet
Technology -
wider
cross-section.
allows Large
particles through
flotiupath
Self -flushing Free Floating
Diaphragm flushes debris
from dripper anytime
during operation
Pressure Compensating
Bath and Outlet
Vinyzene impregnated -
antimicrobial protection
to resist buildup of slime
Physical Barrier -
on back of dripper
inlet Filter
Specifications
• Dripper flow rates: 0 4, 0.6 or 0.9 GPH
• Dripper spacings: 12", 18" or 24" dripper spacings
and blank tubing
• Pressure compensation range: 7 to 70 psi
(stainless steel clamps recommended above 50 psi)
• Maximum recommended system pressure: 50 psi
• Tubing diameter: 0.66" OD, 0.57" ID
• Tubing color: Purple color indicates non -potable
• Coil lengths: 500' or 1,000' (Blank tubing in 250')
• Recommended filtration: 120 mesh
• Bending radius: 7"
• UV resistant
• Tubing material: Linear low -density polyethylene
Additional flow, spacings, and pipe sizes available by
special order_ Please contact Netafim USA Customer
Service for details_
NEraFINr
www.americanonsite.com 3-3

AMERICAN ONSITE PRODUCTS
BIOLINE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (CONT.)
BIOLINE DRIPPER OPERATION -------
1. Regulating mode
Bioline's continuous self-cleaning, pressure compensating
dripper is a fully self-contained unit molded to the interior
wall of the dripper tubing.
Asshown at right. Bioline is continuously self-cleaning during
operation, not just at the beginning and end of a cycle- The
result is dependable, clog -free operation, year after year.
CROSS SECTION OF
BIOLINE DRIPPER
Shows how effluent enters the
dripper from the center of the flow
where it is the cleanest
-
Cleanest
Effluent
Flow
Dripper
Inlet Filter
Debris
B1OLINE Specifying Information
?Bioline08WRAM
IripperIine
Dripper
Flow Rate
0.4 GPH = A
0.6GPH =.6
0.9 GPH = .9
13
12" : 12
18"= 18
24" : 24
SAMPLE MODEL NUMBER
1 2 3
O8WRAM.6-24 V
Dripper
Spacing
Coll
Length
500' = V500
r
000'= V
BLANK Tubing Model Number. 250' = 08WRAM-250
2. Initiation of
flushing cycle
3. Flushing cycle
4. Regulating mode
- eioline
Dripper
BIOLINE Ordering Information
Flow
Rate
Dripper
Spacing
Coil
Length
Mode!
Number
0.4 GPH
12"
1,000'
500'
08WRAM.4-12V
08WRAM.4-12V500
0.4 GPH
18"
1,000'
500'
08WRAM.4-18V
08WRAM.4-18V500
0.4 GPH
24"
1,000'
500'
08WRAM.4-24V
08WRAM.4-24V500
0.6 GPH
12"
1,000'
500'
08WRAM.6-12V
08WRAM.6-12V500
0.6 GPH
18"
1,000'
500'
08WRAM.6-18V
08WRAM.6-18V500
0.6GPH
24"
1,000'
500'
08WRAM.6-24V
08WRAM.6-24V500
0.9 GPH
12"
1,000'
500'
08WRAM.9-12V
08WRAM.9-12V500
0.9 GPH
18"
1,000'
500'
08WRAM.9-18V
08WRAM.9-18V500
0.9 GPH
24"
1,000'
500'
08WRAM.9-24V
08WRAM.9-24V500
Blank Tubing 17mm
250'
08WRAM-250
www.americanonsite.com 3-5

Fence Detail

0
11v13a aN3/3Nn 19.1NOZI OE
> u
`f. 4
g a
3

Irrigation Headworks Components

UJfl OEI :01.0N
D
CD
D
O
CD
O
0
sp
sp
CD
Oo
a'
(D
O
O
D
O
O"
O
� z
-0 0
O
0 0
0
Q
6uifdnoQ/ad!d
1 0ri0m01
10000000
Plai;ui0a4 01
0
0)
PIal4u!DJQ 01
Plai4ui0J0 01
lifil
10000001
allt
PIal4ul0J4 01
0 0
3
S>IHOMaVDH

• BOTTOM LOAD MULTI -JET METERS
Master Meter's Multi -Jet meter exceeds
the AWWA C708 standard. With sensitivity
to measure water flowing as low as 1 /8
gallon per minute and accuracy unaffected
by common particulates and build-up that
would freeze other types, you can count on
our Multi -Jet technology.
Technical Specifications:
AWWA Standard -Meets or exceeds all sections of AWWA
Standard C-708, most recent revision. Compliant with SDWA, NSF
ANSI 372 and NSF ANSI 61 standards.
Register - Standard Direct Read, DIALOG® 3G AMR System
registers, AccuLinx Encoder, and IP 68 Electrical Output registers
available. Together, an integrated and migratable technology
environment is attained; direct, proximity (touch), mobile AMR,
and Fixed Network AMI.
Register Sealing - Direct Read and DIALOG registers
are permanently sealed with a scratch resistant glass
lens, stainless steel base and wrap -around gasket to
prevent intrusion of dirt or moisture.
r/TA1
AA
MASTER
METER
Features & Benefits:
Rugged basket strainer built from advanced polymer
materials for superior wear mitigation.
Proprietary design produces smooth, laminar flow
profile for improved accuracy
Award -winning DIALOG 3G register design houses
all vital components - encoder, RF transmitter,
battery and antennae - safely within the register's
stainless steel and tempered glass enclosure. Free of
external wires, components and connections - the #1
cause of field related issues on competitive
designs.
Assures compliance with the Safe Drinking Water Act
(SDWA).
Measures with only one moving part that is hydro-
dynamically balanced on a sapphire bearing to
preserve accuracy and promote a positive bottom line.
Exceptional performance in passing entrained solids
and operating in environments with high mineral
content.
Clean, elegant measurement design is highly sensitive
to leaks and low flow while limiting wear for excellent
revenue protection.
Master Meter // 101 Regency Parkway // Mansfield, TX 76063 // www.mastermeter.com
il

• BOTTOM LOAD MULTI -JET METERS
!VI
Technical Specs (Cont'd):
Register Unit - Registration available in U.S. gallons, cubic
feet or cubic meters.
• Test Circle - Large center sweep hand with one hundred
(100) clearly marked gradations on the periphery of the
dial face (available on Direct Read and DIALOG 3G
registers).
• Design/Operation - Velocity -type flow measurement.
Water that is evenly distributed by multiple converging
inlet ports flows past an impeller in the measuring
chamber, creating an impeller velocity directly
proportional to water flow rate. The meter's register
integrates that velocity into totalized flow.
An inherent advantage for this design is unparalleled
wear mitigation leading to sustained revenues.
The register assembly is removable under line pressure
permitting seamless, simplified upgrades in
reading technology.
MASTER
METER
Strainer - A rugged, 360-degree advance polymer
basket strainer protects the critical measuring
element from damage. The unique strainer design
smoothes the flow of water entering into the meter
creating a laminar flow that is gentle on the meter's
internal components. Tough materials operating in a
smooth, balanced environment enable the meters
to perform more accurately over time. Utilities'
investments last longer while capturing more revenue.
Measuring Chamber - The measuring chamber housing
and measurement element are built with an advanced
synthetic polymer. Measurement surfaces are not
wear surfaces, providing sustained accuracy despite
the presence of entrained solids in the water. A long
life, synthetic sapphire bearing serves as a wear
surface with radially balanced water flows. The
chamber housing is constructed in two parts to
allow access to the impeller. Bottom plates available in
Bronze, Cast Iron (CI) or Engineered Plastic.
METER OPERATING CHARACTERISTIC/DIMENSION 5/8"
3/4"x 7-1/2" 3/4"x 9" 3/4"x 9" x 1"
1"
Flow Rating (gpm)
Continuous Flow (gpm)
Normal Flow Range (gpm)
Extended Low Flow (gpm)
Maximum Working Pressure (psi)
Maximum Working Temperature (F)
Length (A below)
Width (B belowA J
Height, standard register with lid (C below)
Height, bottom to center line (D below)
Weight (Ibs)
Packed To Carton
Carton Weight (Ibs)
Accuracy and Head Loss Chart
0
5
a
103.0%
�701.5%
100%
z� 98.5%
1.— 97.0%
ACCURACY%
20
15
1-20
1/4
150
120
7-1/2"
3-5/8"
5"
1-1/2"
3.95
6
25.1
I
5/8 and
3/4"
HEAD
LC
SS
5/8
./4"
1
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
10 P.S.I.
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
30
20
2-30
1/2
150
120
7-1/2"
3-5/8"
5"
1-1/2"
4.0
6
25.4
30
20
2-30
1/2
150
120
9"
3-5/8"
5"
1-1/2"
4.1
6
26
Ak
IIIIII � IIIIII
L10
30
A
2-30
150
120
9"
3-5/8"
5"
1-1/2"
4.6
4
19.8
50
30
3-50
3/4
150
120
10-3/4"
5-1/4"
5.25
22.4
Ak
B
V.062118_f
Master Meter // 101 Regency Parkway // Mansfield, TX 76063 // www.mastermeter.com

Q6EOFLOW
SUBSURFACE DRIP
Description
The Vortex filters are placed between the pump and dripfield
to screen out any debris. Spin plates at the top of each screen
direct the flow of debris to the base of the screen for easy
self cleaning.
Features
Simple self cleaning filter. Geoflow's Vortex filter
depends on a simple forward flush to self clean.
Incoming water is forced through a directional nozzle
plate onto the inside of the stainless steel screen. A
centrifugal motion starts inside the screen chamber,
throwing particles outward against the screen. Gravity
moves the debris down the screen wall to the flush
outlet at the base of the Vortex Filter.
It is simple to install and operate, requiring very few
moving parts.
Can be plumbed to self clean periodically
with electronically activated solenoid valves
(recommended), or continuously with slightly
opened ball valves.
Sturdy stainless steel screen proven effective in onsite
wastewater applications. A sintering process in which
three pieces of stainless steel mesh are transformed
into one; a perforated plate, 30m then 150 mesh.
Body is a two-piece threaded housing with 0-ring seal.
Molded from high heat ABS and chemical resistant
glass reinforced plastic.
Height
Vortex Screen Filter
1" Vortex Filter
Width
1.5" and 2" Vortex
•
Item Number
Size
(MPT)
Max.
Flow rate
(GPM)
Filtration
(mesh)
Max.
Pressure
(psi) (ft.)
Width
Height
Flush
Port
(MPT)
Area of
Filtration
(inches2)
AP4E-75F
3/4"
10
150
80
185
6.0"
6.0"
3/4"
23.4
AP4E-1F
1"
20
150
80
185
6.5"
7.0"
3/4"
28.4
AP4E-1.5F
1.5"
45
150
100
231
12"
15.5"
3/4"
60.8
AP4E-2F
2.0"
70
150
80
185
12"
16.0"
3/4"
60.8
* AP4E-75F 3/4inch Vortex Filter has been discontinued. Please use a larger filter for onsite wastewater
applications. Replacement parts are still available.
150 mesh = 100 micron
When in doubt, it is best to choose the filter with the larger screen area.
Geoflow, Inc. Tel [phone] Fax [phone] www.geoflow.com
Product Sheets-2011 Filter VortexScreen12H27.indd
J Look
/forthe
Genuine
Geoflow
stamp of
quality

Total differential pressure
(FT) (PSI)
27.7 12
18.5 8
9.2 4
3/4" Vortex Screen Filter
Vortex Filter
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Flow - GPM
Specification:
The Y filter body shall be molded from glass reinforced engineering grade black plastic with a 3/4 inch male pipe
thread (MIPT) inlet and outlet. The two piece body shall be capable of being serviced by untwisting and shall include
an 0-ring seal. An additional 3/4 inch MIPT outlet shall be capable of periodic flushing. The 150-mesh filter screen
is all stainless steel, providing a 23.4 square inch filtration area. The screen collar shall be molded from vinyl. The 3/4"
filter shall be Geoflow Vortex Filter model number AP4E-75F.
Total differential pressure
(FT.) (PSI)
34.7 15
23.1 10
11.6 5
0 0
1" Vortex Screen Filter
1" Vprtex Filter
5
10 15 20 25
Flow (gpm)
Specification:
The Y filter body shall be molded from glass reinforced engineering grade black plastic with a 1 inch male pipe thread
(MIPT) inlet and outlet. The two piece body shall be capable of being serviced by untwisting and shall include an
0-ring seal. An additional 3/4 inch MIPT outlet shall be capable of periodic flushing. The 150 mesh filter screen is all
stainless steel, providing a 28.4 square inch filtration area. The screen collar shall be molded from vinyl. The 1" filter
shall be Geoflow Vortex Filter model number AP4E-1F.
Geoflow Inc. , Toll Free 800-828-3388, Fax: [phone], www.geoflow.com

HEADLOSSIPSO
VALVES
ELECTRIC PBI
THROTTLING VALVES
1" ELECTRIC PBI
THROTTLING NYLON VALVE
323 ELECTRIC PBI
THROTTLING NYLON VALVE
PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
• Durable, glass reinforced nylon construction provides
superb hydraulic performance.
• Large internal water passage with no moving parts in
the flow path prevents clogging.
• Built-in 2-Way Solenoid with low power requirement
for ease of operation and reliability.
• Simple installation either vertically or horizontally.
• High resistance to corrosive water containing fertilizer
and chemicals.
• Standard with a flow control (throttling) handle.
10-
8-
7-
6-
5-
4-
3-
FLOW RATE VS. PRESSURE LOSS
0
10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200
FLOW (GPM)
LIGHT BROWN AREA INDICATES RECOMMENDED OPERATING RANGE.
FLOW RANGE
SIZE I GPM
1 - 50
11/2" I 1 -125
2" I 1 -176
323 I 1 - 264
1" I
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT
SIZE I LENGTH I HEIGHT I WEIGHT I
1" 14 7/8" 14 7/8" I .5 LBS. I
11/2" 17 3/8" I 6" 12.0 LBS. I
2" I 7 7/8" I 6" 12.2 LBS. I
323 19 1/4" 16 5/8" 13.1 LBS. I
6 GROW MORE WITH LESS
NETAFIM
PROVEN PERFORMANCE
WITH A SIMPLE LOW
MAINTENANCE DESIGN
APPLICATIONS
• Small agricultural irrigation zones
• Greenhouse and nursery irrigation
• Cooling systems
• Ultra high flow or low flow capacity
irrigation systems
SPECIFICATIONS
• Available Sizes: 1", 1 1/2", 2" and 323
• Maximum Working Pressure:
1" - 115 psi and 2" to 323 - 150 psi
• Maximum Water Temperature: 140° F
• Connections: Female Threaded NPT
• Electrical Specifications:
Voltage - Standard 24 VAC, 60 Hz
Inrush Current - 29mA
Holding Current - 14mA
Allowable Voltage Variation: 10%
MATERIALS
• Body and Bonnet: Glass Reinforced Nylon
• Spring: Stainless Steel (AISI 302)
• Nuts, Bolts, Washers: Stainless Steel (304)
• Diaphragm: Natural Rubber
ORDERING INFORMATION
SIZE I ITEM NUMBER I MODEL NUMBER
1" 71610-014015 61ET1PBI-BC I
11/2" I 71610-014040 61ET1.5PB12-BC I
2" I 71610-014507 161ET2PB12-BC I
323 I 71610-015202 61ET323PB12-BC I
SOLD IN CASE QUANTITIES AND 24VAC ONLY
1" CASE QUANTITY = 20
1 1/2"AND 2" CASE QUANTITY = 8
323 CASE QUANTITY = 4
NETAFIM'"
GROW MORE WITH LESS
NETAFIM USA
5470 E. Home Ave.
Fresno, CA 93727
CS 888 638 2346
www.netafimusa.com
A070 10/13

Appendix I
Engineering Calculations
- System Design
- Elevation Determinations
- Buoyancy Calculations
- Pump Design
- Working Volume Calculations
- Dripfield Design
- Loading Rate Workbook

Irwin Property Surface Drip
Date:
Project:
Location:
County:
PIN:
4-Jun-21
Irwin Property WWTS
8404 Foxbridge Drive
Weddington, NC 28104
Union
06-066-120
SEPTIC TANK SIZING
Date: 4-Jun-21
Revised: 3-Sep-21
Daily Flow Estimate
# of Units
Units
Flow/Unit
(gpd/unit)
Flow/Day (gpd)
4
BR
120
480
TOTAL DAILY FLOW (Q) =
480 gpd
Septic Tank Volume/Size (based on maximum daily flow estimate)
For Single Family Residences Q < 600 gpd,
(per NCAC T15A:18A .1952(b)(1))
For Single Family Residences with 5 bedrooms or less,
# Bedrooms Min. Volume (gal)
3 or less
900
4
1000
1250
Daily flow =
480 gpd
Required Minimum Tank Size = 1,000 gal.
(per NCAC T15A:18A .1952(b)(2)(B))
TANK SIZE PROVIDED = 1,500 gal.
Model: STB-390 Non -Traffic
RECIRCULATION TANK & POD SIZING
Recirculating Tank and Pod Volume/Size (based on maximum daily flow estimate)
For Single Family Residences with 6 bedrooms or less,
# Bedrooms Daily Design Flow
4 or less <480 gpd
5 600 gpd
6 720 gpd
AX Units
1-AX-20 or 1-AX-20-RT
AX 25-RT
2-AX-20
Daily flow =
AX Unit Required =
AX Unit Specified =
** Recirculation tank is integral to the AX 20-RT Unit.
PUMP TANK SIZING
480 gpd
AX 20-RT
AX 20-RT
TANK SELECTION
Shoaf Precast MS 3,500 gallon
Non -Traffic Rated Pump Tank
Model: PT-2105

Elevation Calculations
Project:
Location:
County:
PIN:
Irwin Property WWTS
8404 Foxbridge Drive
Weddington, NC 28104
Union
06-066-120
Elevation Determination Sheet (All Elevations in Feet)
Septic Tank
Drainline Invert EL at house (assumed)
Pipe Length to Septic Tank
Slope of Pipe to Septic Tank
Ground Surface at Septic Tank
Cover over Septic Tank
Elevation at top of Septic Tank (Exterior)
Distance to Inlet invert from top
Elevation at Inlet invert
Distance to Outlet invert from Top
Elevation at Outlet Invert
External Height of Septic Tank
External Bottom of Tank Elevation
Gravel Bed Thickness
Bottom of Excavation Elevation
Riser Heights (approx)
Septic Tank
Pump Tank
1.50 ft
18.00 in
3.47 ft
41.69 in
643.00 ft
17.00 ft
11.27%
643.00 ft
12.00 in
1.00 ft
642.00 ft
0.92 ft
641.08 ft
1.08 ft
640.92 ft
5.83 ft
636.17 ft
6.00 in
635.67 ft
AdvanTex RT Pod
Pipe Length from ST outlet
Pipe Slope from ST to Pod
Ground Surface at Pod
Exposed Height of Pod
Elevation at top of Pod
Extension Collar Height
Distance to Inlet invert from top
Elevation at Inlet invert
Distance to Outlet Invert from top
Elevation at Outlet Invert
Height of Pod
(with Extension)
Exterior Elevation at Pod Bottom
Pod Bottom Thickness
Interior Elevation of Pod Floor
Gravel Bed Thickness
Bottom of Excavation Elevation
AdvanTex RT Pod Float Settings
Low Water/Redundant Off
Pump Override
High Water Alarm
4.80 ft
1.37%
642.75 ft
3.00 in
0.25 ft
643.00 ft
0 in
0.000 ft
2.15 ft
640.85 ft
3.27 ft
639.73 ft
72.00 in
6.00 ft
637.00 ft
0.21 in
637.02 ft
6 in
636.50 ft
Elev. (ft)
639.35
640.43
640.56
Height from
Tank Floor (in)
28
41
42.5
Pump Tank
Pipe Slope to Pump Tank
Pipe Length
Elevation at Inlet Invert
Distance to Inlet Invert From Exterior Top (Located in Inlet Riser)
Elevation at top of Pump Tank
Ground Surface at Pump Tank
Cover over Pump Tank
External Tank Height
Exterior Bottom of Tank EL
Tank Bottom Thickness
Elevation at Tank Floor
Elevation at pump (-6" off floor)
Gravel Bed Thickness
Bottom of Excavation Elevation
Pump Tank Float Settings
Low Water/Redundant Off
Timer Enable
Peak Enable/High Water Alarm
1.00%
20.00 ft
639.53 ft
3.00 in
0.25 ft
639.28 ft
642.25 ft
35.69 in
2.97 ft
7.33 ft
631.94 ft
4 in
632.28 ft
632.78 ft
6 in
631.44 ft
Height from
Elev. (ft) Tank Floor (in)
634.03 21
634.53 27
637.69 65

Septic Tank Buoyancy Calculation
Project: Irwin Property WWTS
Location: 8404 Foxbridge Drive
Weddington, NC 28104
County: Union
PIN: 06-066-120
Tank Size (nominal) = 1,500 gallons
Properties/Assumptions:
Date: 4-Jun-21
Revised: 3-Sep-21
Min. liquid level to be maintained in tank at all times after initial installation.
Assume groundwater table is equal to or higher than top of tank.
(Buoyancy is the same as long as water table is higher than top of tank.)
Effluent Density = 62.4 Ib/ft"3 (Specific Weight of Water)
Concrete Density = 142.56 Ib/ft"3
Soil Cover Over Tank = 1.00 ft. (minimum)
Soil Bulk Density = 1.25 (typical value)
Tank Dimensions (from supplier):
Length =
Width =
Total Tank Depth =
Exterior
10.50
5.50
5.83
Interior
ft. 10.00 ft.
ft. 5.00 ft.
ft.
Permanent Liquid Depth in Tank = 0 in.
0.00 ft.
Area of Riser Openings = 6.28 ftA2
Tank Weight (est.) = 13,000 Ib. (based on manufacturer)
Buoyancy Force Calculation:
Buoyancy Force = Specific Weight of Water x Displaced Volume
Buoyancy Force = 21,021 Ib.
Weight Calculation:
Tank Weight =
Water Weight in Tank =
Soil Weight Over Tank =
Soil Tension Force =
13,000 Ib
0 Ib
4,015 Ib
5,258 Ib
Total Weight = 22,272 Ib
Note: Total weight must be greater than buoyancy force
so that tank will not float during high water table conditions.

AdvanTex RT Pod Buoyancy Calculation
Project: Irwin Property WWTS
Location: 8404 Foxbridge Drive
County:
PIN:
Weddington, NC 28104
Union
06-066-120
Properties/Assumptions:
Date: 4-Jun-21
Revised: 3-Sep-21
RT Model = AX20 Gravity
All calculations are performed assuming completely submerged conditions, with no liquid in the unit.
Effluent Density = 62.4 Ib/ft^3 (Specific Weight of Water)
Net Beam Density = 67.55 Ib/ft^3
Net Soil Density = 67.6 Ib/ft^3
Unit Weight = 883 Ib (based on manufacturer)
Supplemental Ballast Evaluation (Anti -Buoyancy Beam):
Depth from top of beam to tank bottom = 3.00 in
Tank exposure length = 3.00 in
Burial depth to beam = 5.50 ft
Width of beam = 0.69 ft
8.25 in
Buoyancy Force Calculation:
Buoyancy Force = 12,475 Ib (based on manufacturer)
Weight Calculation:
Tank Weight =
Soil Weight on Beam =
Weight of Beam =
Total Weight =
883 Ib
12,458 Ib
129.2 Ib
13,470 Ib
Note: Total weight must be greater than buoyancy force
so that tank will not float during high water table conditions.

Pump Tank Buoyancy Calculation
Project: Irwin Property WWTS
Location: 8404 Foxbridge Drive
Weddington, NC 28104
County: Union
PIN: 06-066-120
Tank Size (nominal) = 3,500 gallons
Properties/Assumptions:
Date: 4-Jun-21
Revised: 3-Sep-21
Min. liquid level to be maintained in tank at all times after initial installation.
Assume groundwater table is equal to or higher than top of tank.
(Buoyancy is the same as long as water table is higher than top of tank.)
Effluent Density = 62.4 Ib/ft^3 (Specific Weight of Water)
Concrete Density = 142.56 Ib/ft^3
Soil Cover Over Tank = 3.00 ft. (min.)
Soil Bulk Density = 1.25 (typical value)
Tank Dimensions (from supplier):
Length =
Width =
Total Tank Depth =
Exterior
12.50
6.50
7.33
Interior
ft. 12.00 ft.
ft. 6.00 ft.
ft.
Permanent Liquid Depth in Tank = 0 in.
0.00 ft.
Area of Riser Openings = 9.42 ft^2
Tank Weight (est.) = 18,640 Ib. (based on manufacturer)
Buoyancy Force Calculation:
Buoyancy Force = Specific Weight of Water x Displaced Volume
Buoyancy Force = 37,180 Ib.
Weight Calculation:
Tank Weight =
Water Weight in Tank =
Soil Weight Over Tank =
Soil Tension Force =
18,640 Ib
0 Ib
16,808 Ib
9,867 Ib
Total Weight = 45,316 Ib
Note: Total weight must be greater than buoyancy force
so that tank will not float during high water table conditions.

Pump Sizing/Design
Recirculation Pump Calculation
Project: Irwin Property WWTS
Location: 8404 Foxbridge Drive
Weddington, NC 28104
County: Union
PIN: 06-066-120
Timer Settings
Required Doses/Day 96
Recirculation Ratio 2.5 :1
Design Flow (Q) 480 gpd
Flow to Pods 1,200 gpd
Flow to ST 475 gpd
Pump Flow 1,675 gpd
Dose Volume to Pod 12.5 gallons
# of Pumps 1
Pod Flowrate 12 gpm
Return Flowrate 4.75 gpm
Pump Flowrate 16.75 gpm
# of Cycles/day 96
Cycle Volume 17.4 gallons
Cycle Run time 1.04 min
Cycle Off Time 13.96 min
Friction Losses
Suction Head = 0 ft. (submersible = 0)
Elev. Difference (highest point from pump) = 5.00 ft.
Design Pressure At Outlet = 6.93 ft.
Line Length = 22 ft. 1.0" Schedule 40 PVC
Line Loss/100 ft = 1.53 ft/100 ft.
Friction Loss - Line = 0.34 ft.
SUB -TOTAL = 12.27 ft.
Friction Loss - Fittings (5%) = 0.61 ft.
TOTAL = 12.88 ft.
Pump Efficiency =
Motor Efficiency =
Flow =
0.7
0.9
16.75
(assumed, typical)
(assumed for electric pumps)
gpm
Required Horsepower = 0.1 hp
TDH = 12.88 ft.
Pump Selection
Manufacturer:
Model:
Horsepower:
Tonal dynamic head (TOH) to feet
900
IO0
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
Orenco
PF3005 1 1
1/2
PF3050
■...
PF30 Series,
60 H1.0.5. 5.0 hp
•■■
i■■
■
■■■■\'\■■■■■■■■■■■■
■■■■■N7■■■■■■■■■■■
■■■■•■■■■
■■■■■I
irma
PF3t8Z0
■•■■■■
\■■■■■•
I
ai.
MC
ll
NM MN
PF3D15
P��7i
PF3t>o5�`..
01■101■u■
F3U10
Operating Point

Working Volume & Storage Time Estimate
Project:
Location:
County:
PIN:
Irwin Property WWTS
8404 Foxbridge Drive
Weddington, NC 28104
Union
06-066-120
Storage Volume Needed: 2,400 gal.
Dose Volume = 150 gal.
Pump/Storage Tank Information
Tank Size (nominal) =
Number of Tanks =
Interior Dimensions:
3,500
1
Length =
Width =
Total Tank Depth =
Permanent Liquid Depth in Tank =
(from pump manufacturer)
High Water Alarm Level =
(from interior Tank floor)
Working Volume & Storage Time
gallons
12.00
6.00
6.67
21
ft.
ft.
ft.
in.
1.75 ft.
65 in.
5.42 ft.
(Interior)
(Inlet located in riser)
Gal/Inch =
Working Volume =
43.95 gal/in
2593.05 gal.
Estimated Storage Time in Tank =
5.40 days
Note: Storage time must be greater than 5 days for s
or greater than/equal to the storage time required by
for commercial or community systems.
ingle family residences
the water balance

Pollutant Loading Calculation
Project: Irwin Property WWTS
Location: 8404 Foxbridge Drive
Weddington, NC 28104
County: Union
PIN: 06-066-120
Advantex Treatment System
Influent Septic Tank Pod UV Disinfection
Parameter mg/I % Removal mg/I % Removal mg/I % Removal mg/I
Biochemical Oxygen Demand 350 50% 175 94% 10 - 10
Total Suspended Solids 200 50% 100 90% 10 - 10
Ammonia Nitrogen 100 25% 75 94% 4.5 - 4.5
Nitrate Nitrogen <1.0 0% 0 0% 28.5 - 28.5
Nitrite Nitrogen <1.0 0% 0 <1.0 - <1.0
Total Nitrogen 110 25% 82.5 60% 33 - 33
Total Phosphorus 20 50% 10 0% 10 - 10
Fecal Coliforms (cfu/100m1) >106 106 1000000 99.999% 10
Final
Concentration
mg/I
10
10
4.5
29
1
33
10
10

Date: 3-Sep-21
Project: Irwin Property WWTS
Location: 8404 Foxbridge Drive
Weddington, NC 28104
County: Union County
PIN: 06-066-120
Dripfield Sizing
Daily Design Flow
Loading Rate (LTAR)
Dripfield Area Required
Dripline Spacing
Required Dripline
Surface Dripfield Layout
Zone #
480 gpd
23.53 in/yr
0.27 ac
11944 sqft
3ft
3,981 ft
From SFR Loading Rate Workbook
From SFR Loading Rate Workbook
Run Lateral Zone Run Lateral Zone
Length Length Length Length Length Length Length Length Length
Lateral # Run # (ft) (ft) (ft) Zone # Lateral # Run # (ft) (ft) (ft) Zone # Lateral # Run # (ft) (ft) (ft)
1 1 14 = L 2 6 19 151 4 14 35 126
2 21 20 153 304 36 120 246
3 27 7 21 156 15 37 115
4 34 22 159 315 38 110 225
5 40 8 23 162 16 39 105
6 46 24 164 326 40 99 204
7 52 9 25 167 17 41 92
8 59 293 26 170 337 1282 42 85
2 9 65 43 80
10 72 72 44 73 330
11 76 28 175 347 18 45 64
12 90 303 11 29 178 46 53
3 13 98 30 166 344 47 44
14 107 205 12 31 153 48 34
4 15 119 32 143 296 49 26
16 131 250 13 33 136 50 21 242 1247
5 17 143 34 130 266 1253
18 149 292 1343 Total= 5125
Min. Required = 3981
Blanking = 28.73%

Date:
Project:
Location:
County:
PIN:
Field Flow
3-Sep-21
Irwin Property WWTS
8404 Foxbridge Drive
Weddington, NC 28104
Union County
06-066-120
Total Field
Total quantity of effluent to be disposed per day
Hydraulic Loading Rate
Minimum Dispersal Field Area
Flow Per Zone
Number of Zones
Number of SubFields
Dispersal area per zone
Spacing between lines
Choose spacing between emitters
Total linear ft. per zone (minimum required)
Total number of emitters per zone
Dripline Type
Dosing
Pressure at beginning of the dripfield
Feet of Head at the beginning of dripfield
Flow rate per emitter
Dose flow per zone
Min. Flushing Velocity (Normal Operation)
Min. Flushing Velocity (Maintenance Operation)
Flush flow required at the end of each dripline
Length of longest dripline lateral
Flow required to Dose longest dripline lateral
Line Runs per zone
Total flow per zone
Total flow required to achieve flushing velocity
Number of doses per day / zone:
Timer ON. Pump run time per dose/zone:
Timer OFF. Pump off time between doses
Per Zone - Pump run time per day/zone:
All Zones - Number of doses per day / all zones
Allow time for field to pressurize
Filter flush timer
Drain timer
Field flush timer
Field flush counter
Time required to complete all functions per day
Dose volume per zone
Length of Draining Supply Line
Volume
Length of Draining Subfield Supply Line
Volume
Length of Draining Return Line
Volume
Volume in dripline / zone
Total Recharge Volume
480 gallons / day
0.03 gallons / sq.ft. / day
14324 sq.ft.
4
0
zone(s)
subfields
3581 sq.ft.
3 ft
ft
ft. per zone
672 emitters per zone
Perc-Rite Bioline
2
1343
30 psi
69.3 ft
0.61 gph
6.83 gpm
1
1
ft/sec
ft/sec
0.74 gpm
347 ft
1.76 gpm
5 lines
12.52 gpm
5.69 gpm
0.8 doses
21.58 mins:secs
5:37 hrs:mins
0:17 hrs:mins
3.20 doses / day
0:00:30 hrs:mins:secs
0:00:20 hrs:mins:secs
0:05:00 hrs:mins:secs
0:01:00 hrs:mins:secs
10 cycles
1:32 hrs:mins
150 gallons per dose
240 ft
10.37 gallons
0 ft
0.00 gallons
40 ft
1.73 gallons
16.58 gallons
95 gallons

Pump Sizing
Date: 3-Sep-21
Project: Irwin Property WWTS
Location: 8404 Foxbridge Drive
Weddington, NC 28104
County: Union County
PIN: 06-066-120
Field Flow Summary
Number of Zones
Flow Required to dose field
Flow required to flush field
Flow required to dose & flush field
Losses through Return Line
Select Flush Line Diameter
Length of return line
Equivalent length of fittings
Elevation Change
Pressure loss in 100 ft of pipe
Total pressure loss from end of dripline back to tank
Minimum Pressure Specified Returning to Tank
Losses through Dripline
Length of longest dripline lateral
Minimum dosing pressure required at end of dripline
Loss through dripline during dose/flush
Min. Pressure Required at Beiginning of Dripfield
Calculated Pressure
Specified Pressure (from Field Flow Wksht)
Losses through Headworks
Recommended Filter (Vortex Screen Filter)
Selected Filter
Filter Pressure Loss
Recommended Zone Valve (Electric Solenoid)
Selected Zone Valve
Zone Valve Pressure Loss
Recommended Flow Meter (Master Meter Multi -Jet)
Selected Flow Meter
Flow Meter Pressure Loss
Other Pressure Losses
Total loss through Headworks components
Losses through Supply Line
Select Field Supply Line Diameter
Length of supply line from PT to Start of Dripfield
Length of supply line Along Dripfield
Equivalent length of fittings
Pressure loss in 100 ft. of pipe (Supply)
Elevation Change (Pump to tank outlet)
Elevation Change (Tank outlet to Start of Dripfield)
Elevation Change (Along Dripfield)
Total Supply Line Head Loss from Pump to Field
4 zones
6.83 gpm
5.69 gpm
12.52 gpm
Flushing Condition
(ft.)
(psi)
75
0.0 ,
2.44
1.05
7.11
3.08
4.62
347
16.17
7.00
46.41
20.09
67.20
29.09
69.30
30.00
Dosing Condition
(ft.)
(psi)
1"
0
0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
347
16.17
16.03
32.20
0.0
0.0
0.0
7.00
6.94
13.94
AP4E-1 F
AP4E-1.5F
1 in Screen Filter 0-20gpm
2.75 I 1.19 I I 1.57 I 0.68
1" Solenoid
1" Solenoid
1" Solenoid
2.09 I 0.90 I I 0.75 I 0.33
5/8" Meter
5/8" Meter
7.41
3.21
0
12.24
5.30
1"
50
180
23
10.48
10
0
0
36.52
2.07
0.90
0
4.39
1.90
1"
50
180
23
3.41
10
0
0
18.62
Total Dynamic Head (TDH)
Pump Capacity - Flow Rate
118.1 ft 55.2 ft
12.5 gpm 6.8 gpm
Pressure Regulator (Dosing Condition)
Total Dynamic Head Loss (from PT to Start of Field) 16.27 ft
TDH of Selected Pump at Dose Flow 145 ft
TDH at Start of Field 128.73 ft
= 55.73 psi
Is Pressure Regulator Required? NO
Required Pressure Regulator Size inch
*Note: TDH at pressure regulator (start of field) under dosing conditions must be
less than or equal to maximum inlet regulator pressure

Pump Calculations
Date: 3-Sep-21
Project: Irwin Property WWTS
Location: 8404 Foxbridge Drive
County:
PIN:
IRRIGATION PUMP SIZING
Weddington, NC 28104
Union County
06-066-120
Pump Selection
Manufacturer:
Model:
Horsepower:
Orenco
PF 2005 1 1
0.50
Pump Operating Points (from drip spreadsheet)
Operating Conditions
Dose Flow (Required)
Dose Flow (Actual)
Flush Flow
TDH (ft.) Flow (gpm) Legend
55.2 6.8 (single zone)
145.0 6.8 (dose flow on pump curve)
118.1 12.5 • (Flush Velocity, single zone)
Total dynamic head (TN) in feet
400
350 jPF2015
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
PF20 Series, 60 Hz: 0.5 - 1.5 hp
PF2010
PF2005
♦
•
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)

SFR Loading Rate Worksheet (15A NCAC 02T .0600 ONLY)
Project Name: Mike Irwin
Facility Address:
8404 Foxbridge Road
Weddington, NC, 28104
County: Union
Prepared by:
Trevor Hackney
Project Design Flow = 480 gallday
# of Bedrooms
Required Flow
2 bedrooms
240 gal/day
3 bedrooms
360 gal/day
4 bedrooms
480 gal/day
5 bedrooms
600 gal/day
6 bedrooms
720 gal/day
SFR-LRW 9-08

Potential Evapotranspiration Worksheet (Thornthwaite method)
Project Name:
Mike Irwin
Location of Temperature Data: Charlotte Douglas Airport, NC
Starting Year of Data Record: 1991
Ending Year of Data Record: 2020
Period of Record (years): 30
Source of Data: Natural Resource Conservation Service
Site Latitude (degrees)
35.03 within range
Calculated PET: 34.77 inches
Mean Monthly
Temperature
(degrees F)
Daylight
Hours 112
Heat Index
Calculated
PET
(inches)
January
42.1
0.87
1.19
0.31
February
45.8
0.85
1.91
0.52
March
52.7
1.03
3.53
1.28
April
61.2
1.09
5.94
2.46
May
69.1
1.21
8.54
4.14
June
76.6
1.21
11.28
5.71
July
80.1
1.23
12.65
6.62
August
78.7
1.16
12.10
5.93
September
72.7
1.03
9.82
4.14
October
61.9
0.97
6.16
2.28
November
51.4
0.86
3.20
0.95
December
44.7
0.85
1.68
0.45
Total =
78.00
34.77
SFR-LRW 9-08

SFR Precipitation Worksheet
Project Name:
Mike Irwin
Location of Precipitation Data: Charlotte Douglas Airport, NC
Starting Year of Data Record: 1991
Ending Year of Data Record: 2020
Period of Record (years): 30
Source of Data: Natural Resource Conservation Service
80th Percentile Annual Precipitation: 49.48
January
February
March
April
May
June
July
August
September
October
November
December
Total =
Mean Monthly
Precipitation
% of Mean
Annual
Precipitation
80th
Percentile
Monthly
Precipitation
3.49
8.00
3.96
3.13
7.18
3.55
3.95
9.06
4.48
3.84
8.81
4.36
3.36
7.71
3.81
3.99
9.15
4.53
3.74
8.58
4.24
4.35
9.98
4.94
3.71
8.51
4.21
3.16
7.25
3.59
3.31
7.59
3.76
3.57
8.19
4.05
43.60
100.00
49.48
SFR-LRW 9-08

SFR Irrigation Area Calculation Worksheet (15A NCAC 02T .0600 ONLY)
Project Name: Mike Irwin
Design Flow =
SFR Loading Rate Group:
Limiting Soil Ksat =
Drainage Coefficient =
480
C
0.013
0.325
Drainage Rate =
gal/day
inch/hour
Annual Hydraulic
Loading Rate =
Irrigation Area =
23.53 inch/yr
11,945
0.27423
square ft
acres
0.1014 inch/day (Formula: Ksat " Drainage Coefficient * 24)
Number of
Days in the
Month
PET (in/mo)
Vertical
Drainage
(in/mo)
80th Percentile
Monthly
Precipitation
(in/mo)
Maximum
Allowable
Irrigation
(in/mo)
Maximum
Allowable
Irrigation
(gallons/day)
Maximum
Allowable
Irrigation
(gallons/month)
January
31
0.31
3.14
3.96
0.00
0
0
February
28
0.52
2.84
3.55
0.00
0
0
March
31
1.28
3.14
4.48
0.00
0
0
April
30
2.46
3.04
4.36
1.14
284
8,506
May
31
4.14
3.14
3.81
3.47
834
25,848
June
30
5.71
3.04
4.53
4.22
1,048
31,426
July
31
6.62
3.14
4.24
5.51
1,325
41,067
August
31
5.93
3.14
4.94
4.13
993
30,776
September
30
4.14
3.04
4.21
2.97
738
22,137
October
31
2.28
3.14
3.59
1.84
441
13,677
November
30
0.95
3.04
3.76
0.24
59
1,764
December
31
0.45
3.14
4.05
0.00
0
0
TOTAL = 365 34.77 37.01 49.48
Formulas: (Max. Allowable Irrigation) = (PET) + (Drainage) - (Precipitation)
SFR Loading Rate Table
SFR
Loading
Rate
Group
Maximum Annual
Loading Rate
(in/yr)
Low - High
Geometric Mean
Ksat Range
(in/hr)
Low - High
SFR-A
26.0 - 50.0
>0.05
SFR-B
19.5 - 26.0
0.015 - 0.05
SFR-C
13.0 - 19.5
0.003 - 0.015
SFR-D
0.0 -13.0
0.0 - 0.003
Assignment to a SFR Loading Rate Group for each 15A NCAC 02T .0600
permit application shall be determined by the geometric mean of insitu
saturated hydrualic conductivity data collected in the most restrictive
horizon for each soil mapping unit within the irrigation area.
23.53
5720.25
175,200
Required Flow
2 bedrooms
240 gal/day
87,600 gal/yr
3 bedrooms
360 gal/day
131,400 gal/yr
4 bedrooms
480 gal/day
175,200 gal/yr
5 bedrooms
600 gal/day
219,000 gal/yr
6 bedrooms
720 gal/day
262,800 gal/yr
Maximum allowable irrigation: 175,200 gal/yr
The Maximum Allowable Irrigation number must be
greater than or equal to the required flow.
SFR-LRW 9-08

Appendix J
Site Map

A\Arl'
Engineers and Soil Scientists
\\ rafihW 44r- .
o
, , ,
_____ .____
_1 , ,// \
/
/ /
A
7
/ , , , ,
.„,/
I o���� 7
\ ��
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
P
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
,,o�o�o
/
0 / / -� �� -
/ / \ EXISTING
�� ; ' / V \ � WELL
— — — 0
88 ww
Owner nformation:
Michael
6580
A
(571)
irwin.miKej@gmal
Property
8404
8404Wecc
Union
'
rW n
WWTS
Irwin
3raccocK
exandria
481-0694
nformation:
-oxbricge
oxbton,
County
N# 06-066-120
Proper
VA
NC
22312
Roac
.com
give
28104
`y
IIeM,006 OC 0/ >,
/
/ CD -
/ �w o .'.. o
EXISTING w o 0 0
WELL s. o m w
w
Q / R a
�? /.
/ -
� � w EDWARD &
�� NANCY JONES
Lot 39
o
CHAD AND REBECCA
\
A
\
�,
�
O
� \
—
/
�
_ �
XISTING OFFSITE
RESIDE
/ /
, .. ,. ../
630�s...,.
GH tIN ; �/M
Lot 6A
DB 6967 250 -- �`
/
S85°31 '20 "W - -
O �'
/ 314.33'
NINA
�
A'D 1oo51(
_
�
JODI HERZOG
Lot 36
DB 6909/326
/
SONNE
SONNEN•'�
LOT 35
IIII_
RG set e — —
�_ —
I
_ _ — — —
—
PROPOSE / — WELL
LOCATION d -
I
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
T �lAb=S Gil
NOT REbEASED FOR CONS -RUCTION
l0/Ol 00 ROW
��o
I (:::,
I'0//[RRYW000�
�
,---,„, /
\
II
EVIEW/
I BOUNDARY e
-- II
---
—
etibecK
/ /
WELL
EXISTING"
WELL
o �,o
Q oo
SEUNG AND MI YANG � o
/ Q e
Lot 21
/
W
O
rev �� �, eoo�
B1250�097 WELL G I a 1f
/
j
/ w,
— -
26 6I '�� F . .;o
I
I EXISTING
WO /
WASTE
24' . 30'g6.48'
�
k�� ��
BOUNDARY I
\
�.
EXISTING OFFSI'll //
��� ❑MPEIANCE��
RESIDENCE
1 \
/
/
52
ii•5
WILLEM OOSTH/OEK AND -- -
EXISTING
��8.
LAURIE WILLIAMSON WELL /
LOT 22 \� �PROPosED
DB 3284%066/ DRAINFIELD
#
I�
- ----- BOUNDARY
/
,
` '
\D —
1 G
GDRBG4 �ORO5Y/A80N2NARRI� EIGER /
I/
/
/ /
5
�
—
I
/
/
/
/
/
EXISTING
WELL
/
/
'OFFSITE
RESIDENCE7
lcsI
MANAL AND MICHAEL'SCHATTIN � t �, �
LOT 23
DB 6697/033
EXISTING
� STIN
cp
III__ __
�I �
I
1Lo �
C�
�-
-�
�
� 0
/
DAMES AND CANDANCE IRWIN
LOTS1__12-15
480 36 6
DB 6 � /
� ____ - _
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
1 9 1 21 per comments
from \ C DEQ
0WELL
OO
��
/
I
I
AND'TR A CEY BRUBAKER
NATHAN,S
LOT 24
15 8 26 0
DB 7 �
EXISTING
IO I /
\ /
IO
/
��
C
\
��
-
B O �
I
/
/
/
WELL
(DI
---, i
\ \ 1 I I
_,
j
moo_ / 1 1
/
o
\�.... O / /
-
y
DRIV/-0 RO,W
0/OFYSUCKI ,
___ , z
/ 7QD
i
\ .,/ _____-/ 1
S-EET
T
e
TE-
p
/ EXISTING
EXISTING WELL
WELL
CD 0
EXISTING
WELL
Ow
\
/ I
\
/ / IS
�
V / /,�,�d ite
R\ —giro ;�
\
\ 1 1 1 I
\
o
�°
Z
/
/
\ z i /
I .
\ /1
, / / /
RAW \ BY:
4. Green
CREATED 0 \
6/0L/2021
RELEASE] BY:
R-0AS0 0\:
1 , _ --- ----
-- / 0 60' izo'
/ / /
\ EXISTING ' —�
/
WELL I /
\ n
SH T \ASE:
34736" Sheet

Appendix K
Operation and Maintenance Plan

Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Basic System Operating Instructions
for
Single Family Residence Drip
Wastewater Treatment Systems
These operating instructions are intended as general guidelines and should not be
interpreted as a complete and detailed explanation of how to operate this irrigation
system. Please note that these instructions are intended as a supplement to the permit
issued by the N.C. Department of Environment and Natural Resources Non -Discharge
Permitting Unit. As a result, any requirements or items noted in the permit document
supercede any recommendations noted in these instructions.
If you are unsure of how to operate the system, please contact a licensed contractor or
professional who can assist you with the operation of your system. Record the name and
contact information of an individual familiar with the operation of this system, along with
an emergency contact in the event immediate assistance is necessary.
CONTRACTOR CONTACT INFO.:
EMERGENCY CONTACT INFO. (if different from above):
1

General Maintenance Considerations
This wastewater irrigation system has been designed to operate with minimum
maintenance and oversight after the initial system start-up period. However, routine
inspections are necessary and periodic maintenance WILL BE REQUIRED both by your
permit and for successful operation of the system.
No heavy vehicles or equipment should be driven over the treatment units,
tank areas, or irrigation field.
SEPTIC TANK:
The septic tank in this system operates exactly as a septic tank associated with a
conventional septic drainfield system. The purpose of the septic tank is to remove
particles and solids from the waste stream. As a result, solids build up in the bottom of
the tank (just like a typical septic tank). Over time the solids will need to be removed
from the tank or clogging of the sand filter or pipelines may occur. In general, it is
recommended that solids be pumped from the septic tank every 3 — 5 years (depending on
how intense the usage). Private septic tank pumping contractors can do this and are
typically easily found in the white or yellow pages of the phone book.
Maintenance Schedule:
The effluent filter in the septic tank (attached to the outflow pipe) should be cleaned at
least every 6 months or per manufacturer's recommendations, whichever is more frequent
(see the manufacturer's guide on how to do this) and the tank solids should be checked
annually.
A contractor or septic system professional can clean the septic tank filter for you;
however, this task can be performed relatively easily and requires no special knowledge.
Remove the septic tank lid and remove the effluent filter (typically the filters are threaded
or snap into place). Be sure to use plastic gloves to avoid contact with the wastewater
since it could contain harmful bacteria or viruses. To clean the filter, use a garden hose
with a nozzle and spray off any debris from the filter back into the inlet side of the septic
tank. Once the filter is clean, place it back in the septic tank. Discard or disinfect the
plastic gloves using a mild bleach solution (1/2 cup Clorox or equivalent to 1-gallon
water). Replace the septic tank lid.
ADVANTEX FILTER:
The treatment component of the system is an AdvanTex media filter. Liquid from the
septic tank will flow into the pod and periodically be pumped across the filter fabric.
Wastewater will be treated in the pod and periodically be discharged. To prevent
groundwater from affecting the pod, the pod will be installed on a bed of gravel with a
concrete collar.
2

Effluent from the system should be sampled per the requirements of the system permit. If
no parameters are listed, AWT recommends sampling for the following parameters; Total
Suspended Solids (TSS), Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD5), Total Nitrogen (TN),
Ammonia -Nitrogen (NH3-N), and Fecal Coliform. If desired AWT can assist you in
collecting these samples (919-859-0669) and interpretation the results.
Maintenance Schedule:
Maintenance of this system will be conducted by a certified operator under contract with
the homeowner.
DISINFECTION — UV:
Disinfection for the system will be accomplished using a UV system. The UV light
should operate for at least one year prior to needing to be replaced. If the UV light burns
out an alarm will notify the operator. Also, the alarm light on the control panel will
illuminate. When the UV alarm is activated, the system will shut off the recirculation
pump and the system will cease to operate until the UV bulb is replaced.
Maintenance Schedule:
The UV component shall be checked weekly to ensure the alarm bulb (on control panel)
is not illuminated. The UV bulb should be cleaned on a 6-month interval. To clean the
bulb, the power to the system (UV bulb and pumps) should be turned off in the control
panel. The UV housing can then be removed using the attached handle. Once the UV
housing is clear of the riser, the quartz sleeve and bulb assembly can be removed from
the housing. While holding the base of the assembly, the quartz sleeve shall be wiped
with a clean paper towel. If scaling on the sleeve is noticed, a liquid cleaner such as CLR
can be utilized. The sleeve and bulb assembly shall be re -installed after cleaning. The
UV bulb should last in excess of one year but will be replaced as needed. It is
recommended that the homeowner (or contracted operator) maintain a back-up UV bulb
and quartz sleeve when it is time to replace the bulb. This service will be completed by
the engaged certified operator.
PUMPING SYSTEM, RAIN SENSOR & ALARMS:
The pump used for this system is a submersible pump that turns off and on based on
switches inside the pump tank. These switches toggle the pump timer on and off
depending on the effluent level inside the tank. The switches are designed such that the
pump will turn on, run for a set period of time, then shut off under normal operating
circumstances. When it has been raining, a rain sensor overrides this normal operation so
that effluent is not applied when the soil is saturated. Therefore, effluent is allowed to
build-up in the pump tank until it is dry enough to apply again. After a rainfall event, you
may notice that the pump operates more frequently. This is normal and should be
expected.
The pump is also equipped with a HIGH WATER alarm that activates when the liquid
level in the pump tank is too high. If this should occur it is important to not use any
additional water (i.e. don't flush commodes, use the washer/dishwater, take showers, etc.)
3

until the liquid level is reduced. In extreme cases it may be necessary to contract a septic
tank pumping contractor to pump out excess liquid from the pump tank if long periods of
rain prevent land application of effluent.
The pump will wear over time and will likely need replacement every 5 — 7 years (again,
depending on usage). A licensed septic contractor should be contacted for maintenance
or replacement of the pump.
Maintenance Schedule:
The storage and pumping component shall be checked weekly to ensure the alarm bulb
(on control panel) is not illuminated. It is important to inspect the pump tank, and
components on an annual basis to ensure no solids are building up on the tank bottom, to
ensure that the pump control switches are placed properly, and to verify proper pumping
of the effluent. These activities will be handled by the engaged service provider.
SUPPLY LINE TO DRIPFIELD:
The location of the supply line should be walked weekly to ensure that a line breakage
has not occurred. The area in which the line is buried should be monitored for any wet
spots or locations of excessive vegetation growth as these occurrences may be an
indication of a line breakage. No permanent structure shall be erected over the locations
of the Supply and Return lines. No heavy vehicles or equipment should be driven over
the Supply and Return lines.
Maintenance Schedule:
Walk location of lines weekly.
DRIP FIELD:
The drip field should be inspected weekly to verify proper operation and to ensure
driplines have not become damaged. Clogged or worn drip tubing should be replaced or,
in the event of minimal obstruction, cleaned. No heavy vehicles or equipment should
be driven over the irrigation area.
Fill placed in the irrigation area shall be monitored for signs of required maintenance
throughout the life of the drip field. The crown shall be maintained on the dripfield such
that water is shed away from the surface of the dripfield. Any rills or gullies that form in
the dripfield shall be filled and smoothed to match the surrounding topography. Low
spots that form or areas where water is ponding shall be filled to provide adequate
drainage throughout the dripfield. Areas where significant settling has occurred may also
require additional fill to maintain the required 12" separation from the SHWT. Any
additional fill should be placed beneath the drip tubing, which will require the tubing to
be temporarily relocated until the fill activities are completed. Areas of fill should be
mounded with an additional 2" of fill to allow for settling. Any fill used shall meet the
characteristics defined in the approved design.
4

Vegetation (grass for this system) in the application area is critical to the operation of the
treatment system. The application area should be allowed to remain in a natural state;
however, the area should be kept free of fallen trees and invasive weeds. Any saplings or
stumps that re -grow should also be removed from the application area by hand and
without damaging the drip components. The turf should be cut occasionally to keep the
turf at a manageable height. Cutting should be performed using a trimmer, scythe, or
other method that will not damage the drip tubing. Wheeled or tracked equipment should
not be used. A soil sample should be collected from the drip field area to determine
appropriate rates of lime and fertilizer application.
It is important to maintain the fencing around the application field in order to ensure that
access to the area is restricted. This is necessary to minimize human contact with the
treated effluent and to ensure the vegetation remains healthy.
SYSTEM OPERATION & SETTINGS
It should be noted that a contractor or other qualified professional should be contacted if
you are uncomfortable or unfamiliar with operating this system or if system
troubleshooting is necessary. In general, the following system operating parameters
should be monitored:
Clean -outs
A clean -out is located on the system just before the septic tank. If liquid backs up into
the house or the septic tank, the drainline may be clogged or the septic tank may have too
many solids in it to allow adequate flow through. A qualified contractor should be
contacted to unclog any blockages via these clean -outs. A pumping contractor should be
used to empty solids from the septic tank.
Septic Tank Effluent Filter Cleaning
The effluent filter attached to the outlet pipe of the septic tank should be cleaned every 6-
months, or per manufacturer's recommendations, whichever is more frequent. A
contractor or septic system professional can do this for you; however, this task can be
performed relatively easily and requires no special knowledge. Remove the septic tank
lid and remove the effluent filter (typically the filters are threaded or snap into place). Be
sure to use plastic gloves to avoid contact with the wastewater since it could contain
harmful bacteria or viruses. Depending on the filter housing, you may need to prevent
flow from leaving the tank while the filter is removed. To clean the filter, use a garden
hose with a nozzle and spray off any debris from the filter. Once the filter is clean, place
it back in the septic tank. Disinfect the plastic gloves using a mild bleach solution (1/2
cup Clorox or equivalent to 1-gallon water). Replace the septic tank lid.
Pump ON/OFF and Emergency HIGH Level Switches
The pump switches are used to control the operation of the pump. This system is
designed such that the pump is on for designated intervals set forth in the design
specifications. The pump operation is a timed dosing setup. When there is sufficient
5

liquid in the tank, the pump will operate at a specific time for a designated interval. In
periods of high water (following a rain event), the pump may operate more frequently.
An emergency high level switch is located in the pump tank that triggers an audible and
visual alarm in the event the liquid level gets too high. In this situation, the following
steps should be taken:
• Stop use of all water in the residence (to stop flow into the pump tank),
• Verify that the system has electrical power.
• Contact a qualified contractor to inspect the system (if needed)
If it has rained recently the pump may not be operating because the rain sensor is
temporarily blocking the system from operating. If this is the case, then the pump will
resume operation once it is dry enough. If the pump tank is in danger of overflowing and
continued rainfall is expected, contact a septic tank pump contractor to remove a portion
of the liquid in the pump tank. The pump tank has been designed to accommodate
approximately 5 days of effluent storage under normal usage. As a result, prolonged
periods of rain may cause a back-up of effluent in the system since the rain sensor
prevents application of effluent onto the drip field.
In general, a contractor or licensed professional should be contacted under any
circumstances where you are uncomfortable in operating the system or troubleshooting a
problem. More detailed information on the installation and maintenance of specific
components of this system can be found in the manufacturer's installation and
maintenance specifications attached as part of this package. If you have difficulty finding
this information, please contact the manufacturer of the component.
6

Appendix L
Operation and Maintenance Agreement

D
w . 15A NCAC 02T .0600 — SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENCE WASTEWATER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
FORM: SFRWWIS O&M 08-13
Division of Water Resources
State of North Carolina
Department of Environment and Natural Resources
Division of Water Resources
Permit No. County:
Property owner(s) as appearing on the recorded deed:
Mailing address:
Facility address:
Irrigation Method: ❑ SPRAY ❑ DRIP
I / We agree to operate and maintain the single-family residence wastewater treatment and irrigation system as follows:
1. The Permittee is responsible for the operation and maintenance of the entire wastewater treatment and irrigation
system including, but not limited to, the following items:
a. The septic tank shall be checked annually and pumped out as needed.
b. The septic tank effluent filter shall be checked and cleaned annually.
c. Accessible sand filter surfaces shall be raked and leveled every six months and any vegetative growth shall be
removed manually.
d. ❑ The tablet chlorinator shall be checked weekly. Wastewater grade tablets (calcium hypochlorite) shall be
added as needed to provide proper chlorination (pool chlorine tablets shall not be used), OR
n The ultraviolet disinfection unit shall be checked weekly. The lamp(s) and quartz sleeve(s) shall be
cleaned or replaced as needed to ensure proper disinfection.
e. All pump and alarm systems shall be inspected monthly.
f. The irrigation system shall be inspected monthly to ensure that the system is free of leaks, that all irrigation
equipment is operating as designed, that vegetative growth does not interfere with the system inspection or
operation, that the soil is assimilating the disposed treated wastewater with no visible runoff or ponding, and
that no objectionable odors are being generated.
2. Failure to pay the annual fee shall be cause for the Division to revoke the permit pursuant to 15A NCAC 02T
.0105(e)(3).
3. The Permittee's failure to properly operate this system is subject to a penalty up to $25,000 per day.
4. Failure to meet the permit conditions or violation of the State's surface water or groundwater regulations may void
the permit.
All owners appearing on the legally recorded property deed shall sign this Operation & Maintenance Agreement
I / We understand the above requirements and agree to these terms as part of the issued permit.
Owner Signature:
Owner Signature:
FORM: SFRWWIS O&M 08-13
Date:
Date:
Page 1 of 1

Appendix M
County Health Department Denial Letter

Environmental Health
500 N. Main Street
Suite #47
Monroe, NC 28112
T. 704.283.3553
[e-mail]
www.unioncountync.gov
NOTICE OF IMPROVEMENT PERMIT DENIAL
05/14/2021
Tax Code: 06066120 Property Location: Foxbridge Dr.
Applicant: Michael Irwin Owner: Candace Irwin
Address: 6580 Braddock Rd. Alexandria, VA 22312
The Union County Health Department, Environmental Health Division on 05/05/2021 evaluated the above
reference property at the site designated on the plat/site plan that accompanied your improvement permit
application. According to your application the site is to serve a four bedroom home. The design
wastewater flow is 480 gallons per day. The evaluation was done in accordance with the laws and rules
governing wastewater systems in North Carolina General Statute 130A-333 including related statues and
Title 15A, Subchapter 18A, of the North Carolina Administrative Code, Rule .1900 and related rules.
Based on the criteria set out in Title 15A, Subchapter 18A, of the North Carolina Administrative Code, Rule
.1940 through .1948, the evaluation indicated that the site is UNSUITABLE for a ground absorption
sewage system. Therefore, your request for an improvement permit is DENIED. A copy of the site
evaluation is enclosed. The site is unsuitable based on the following:
❑Unsuitable soil topography and/or landscape position (Rule .1940)
❑ Unsuitable soil characteristics (structure or clay mineralogy) (Rule .1941)
❑x Unsuitable soil wetness condition (Rule .1942)
❑x Unsuitable soil depth (Rule .1943)
❑ Presence of restrictive horizon (Rule .1944)
❑ Insufficient space for septic system and repair area (Rule .1945)
❑ Unsuitable for meeting required setbacks (Rule .1950)
❑ Other (Rule .1946)
These severe soil or site limitations could cause premature system failure, leading to the discharge of
untreated sewage on the ground surface, into surface waters, directly to ground water or inside your
structure.
The site evaluation included consideration of possible site modifications, and modified, innovative, or
alternative systems. However, the Health Department has determined that none of the above options will
overcome the severe conditions on this site. A possible option might be a system designed to dispose of
sewage to another area of suitable soil or off -site to additional property.
For the reasons set out above, the property is currently classified UNSUITABLE, and no improvement
permit shall be issued for this in accordance with Rule .1948(c).
Note that a site classified as UNSUITABLE may be classified as PROVISIONALLY SUITABLE if written
documentation is provided that meets the requirements of Rule .1948 (d). A copy of this rule is enclosed.
You may hire a consultant to assist you if you wish to try to develop a plan under which your site could be
classified as PROVISIONALLY SUITABLE.
OSWP IP denial 4-2019

You have the right to an informal review of this decision. You may request an informal review by the
environmental health supervisor at the local health department. You may also request an informal review
by the North Carolina Department of Health and Human Services regional soil scientist. A request for
informal review must be made in writing to the local health department.
You also have the right to a formal appeal of this decision. To pursue a formal appeal, you must file a
petition for a contested case hearing with the Office of Administrative Hearings, 6714 Mail Service Center,
Raleigh, NC 27699-6714. To get a copy of a petition form, you may write the Office of Administrative
Hearings or call the office at [phone] or download it from the OAH web site at
http://www.ncoah.com/forms.html. The petition for a contested case hearing must be filed in accordance
with the provisions of North Carolina General Statutes 130A-24 and 150B-23 and all other applicable
provisions of Chapter 150B. N.C. General Statute 130A-335 (g) provides that your hearing would be held in
the county where your property is located.
Please note: If you wish to pursue a formal appeal, you must file the petition form with the Office of
Administrative Hearings WITHIN 30 DAYS OF THE DATE OF THIS LETTER. Meeting the 30 day deadline is
critical to your formal appeal.
If you file a petition for a contested case hearing with the Office of Administrative Hearings, you are
required by law (N.C. General Statue 150B-23) to serve a copy of your petition on the Office of General
Counsel, N.C. Department of Health and Human Services, 2001 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, N.C. 27699-
2001.
Do not serve the petition on your local health department. Sending a copy of your petition to the local
health department will not satisfy the legal requirement in N.C. General Statue 150B-23 that you send a
copy to the Office of General Counsel, N.C. Department of Health and Human Services.
If I may be of further assistance please feel free to call me at 704-283-3568 between the hours of 8:00
a.m. and 5:00 p.m.., Monday through Friday.
Signed:
76'-e7
Ty Yokeley, EHSI
Environmental Health Specialist Intern
Union County Environmental Health Division
Enclosures: (Enclosed copy of site evaluation (Copy of Rule .1948)
OSWP IP denial 4-2019

Appendix N
Floodway Regulation Compliance

National Flood Hazard Layer FIRMette
FEMA Legend
80°42'28"W 35°2'14"N
Jr1111,
- r r_
.
.-1 ' ]ito D 0 0 D
{ e
371044E1700J
eff.10/16/2008
AREA OF MINIMAL FLOOD HAZARD
0 250 500
Feet
1,000 1,500 2,000
Basemap: USGS National Map: Orthoimagery: Data refreshed October, 2020
371044 47 70 0J
eff, 10/1512008
80°41'50"W 35°1'45"N
1:6,000
SEE FIS REPORT FOR DETAILED LEGEND AND INDEX MAP FOR FIRM PANEL LAYOUT
SPECIAL FLOOD
HAZARD AREAS
OTHER AREAS OF
FLOOD HAZARD
OTHER AREAS
GENERAL
STRUCTURES
OTHER
FEATURES
MAP PANELS
Without Base Flood Elevation (BFE)
Zone A, V, A99
With BFE or Depth Zone AE, AO, AH, VE, AR
Regulatory Floodway
0.2% Annual Chance Flood Hazard, Areas
of 1% annual chance flood with average
depth less than one foot or with drainage
areas of less than one square mile zone x
Future Conditions 1% Annual
Chance Flood Hazard zonex
Area with Reduced Flood Risk due to
Levee. See Notes. zone x
Area with Flood Risk due to Leveezone D
NO SCREEN Area of Minimal Flood Hazard zonex
Effective LOMRs
Area of Undetermined Flood Hazard zone D
- -- — - Channel, Culvert, or Storm Sewer
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Levee, Dike, or Floodwall
20.2
Cross Sections with 1% Annual Chance
t� s Water Surface Elevation
8 — — — Coastal Transect
^-^^^ 13.^^" Base Flood Elevation Line (BFE)
Limit of Study
Jurisdiction Boundary
Coastal Transect Baseline
Profile Baseline
Hydrographic Feature
Digital Data Available
No Digital Data Available
Unmapped
The pin displayed on the map is an approximate
point selected by the user and does not represent
an authoritative property location.
This map complies with FEMA's standards for the use of
digital flood maps if it is not void as described below.
The basemap shown complies with FEMA's basemap
accuracy standards
The flood hazard information is derived directly from the
authoritative NFHL web services provided by FEMA. This map
was exported on 5/28/2021 at 1:02 PM and does not
reflect changes or amendments subsequent to this date and
time. The NFHL and effective information may change or
become superseded by new data over time.
This map image is void if the one or more of the following map
elements do not appear: basemap imagery, flood zone labels,
legend, scale bar, map creation date, community identifiers,
FIRM panel number, and FIRM effective date. Map images for
unmapped and unmodernized areas cannot be used for
regulatory purposes.

Appendix 0
Threatened or Endangered Aquatic Species Documentation

■ —■I•■
•• • NC DEPARTMENT OF
•
■ aw= NATURAL AND CULTURAL RESOURCES
■ ■■w.
April 9, 2021
Julie Davidson
Agriwaste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem St.
Apex, NC 27502
RE: Irwin James Candy Wastewater Design; Irwin James Candy
Dear Julie Davidson:
Roy Cooper, Governor
D. Reid Wilson, Secretary
Walter Clark
Director, Division of Land and Water Stewardship
NCNHDE-14434
The North Carolina Natural Heritage Program (NCNHP) appreciates the opportunity to provide
information about natural heritage resources for the project referenced above.
Based on the project area mapped with your request, a query of the NCNHP database indicates that
there are no records for rare species, important natural communities, natural areas, and/or
conservation/managed areas within the proposed project boundary. Please note that although there
may be no documentation of natural heritage elements within the project boundary, it does not
imply or confirm their absence; the area may not have been surveyed. The results of this query
should not be substituted for field surveys where suitable habitat exists. In the event that rare
species are found within the project area, please contact the NCNHP so that we may update our
records.
The attached 'Potential Occurrences' table summarizes rare species and natural communities that
have been documented within a one -mile radius of the property boundary. The proximity of these
records suggests that these natural heritage elements may potentially be present in the project area
if suitable habitat exists. Tables of natural areas and conservation/managed areas within a one -mile
radius of the project area, if any, are also included in this report.
If a Federally -listed species is found within the project area or is indicated within a one -mile radius of
the project area, the NCNHP recommends contacting the US Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) for
guidance. Contact information for USFWS offices in North Carolina is found here:
https://www.fws.gov/offices/Di rectory/ListOffices.cfm?statecode=37.
Please note that natural heritage element data are maintained for the purposes of conservation
planning, project review, and scientific research, and are not intended for use as the primary criteria
for regulatory decisions. Information provided by the NCNHP database may not be published
without prior written notification to the NCNHP, and the NCNHP must be credited as an information
source in these publications. Maps of NCNHP data may not be redistributed without permission.
The NC Natural Heritage Program may follow this letter with additional correspondence if a
Dedicated Nature Preserve, Registered Heritage Area, Land and Water Fund easement, or Federally -
listed species are documented near the project area.
If you have questions regarding the information provided in this letter or need additional assistance,
please contact Rodney A. Butler at [e-mail] or 919-707-8603.
Sincerely,
NC Natural Heritage Program
DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL AND CULTURAL RESOURCES
fl 121 W. JONES STREET. RALEIGH, NC 27603 • 1651 MAIL SERVICE CENTER. RALEIGH, NC 27699
OFC 919.707.9120 • FAX 919.707,9121

Taxonomic
Group
i
Natural Heritage Element Occurrences, Natural Areas, and Managed Areas Within a One -mile Radius of the Project Area
Irwin James Candy Wastewater Design
Project No. Irwin James Candy
April 9, 2021
NCNHDE-14434
Element Occurrences Documented Within a One -mile Radius of the Project Area
EO ID Scientific Name Common Name
Last
Observation
Date
Element Accuracy
Occurrence
Rank
Federal
Status
•
State Global State
Status Rank Rank
Freshwater
Bivalve
115 Villosa vaughaniana
Carolina Creekshell 2019-06-19
E 3-Medium
Endangered G2G3 S3
Freshwater Fish4660
Etheostoma collis
Carolina Darter
1994-06-13
H? 3-Medium
Special G3 S3
Concern
Vascular Plant 15141
Rhus michauxii
Michaux's Sumac
1794-07-21
H 5-Very Endangered Endangered G2G3 S2
Low
Natural Areas Documented Within a One -mile Radius of the Project Area
Site Nam
CTB/Twelvemile Creek Aquatic Habitat
Representational Rating
R5 (General)
I Collective Rating
C4 (Moderate)
•
No Managed Areas are Documented Within a One -mile Radius of the Project Area
Definitions and an explanation of status designations and codes can be found at httos://ncnhde.natureserve.ora/hela. Data query generated on April 9, 2021; source: NCNHP, Q4 January 2021. Please
resubmit your information request if more than one year elapses before project initiation as new information is continually added to the NCNHP database.
Page 2 of 3

NCNHDE-14434: Irwin James Candy Wastewater Design
April 9, 2021
Project Boundary
❑ Buffered Project Boundary
NHP Natural Area (NHNA)
1:23,223
0 0.2 0.4
1 r i'
0 0.3 0.6
0.8 mi
1.2 km
Sources: Esri, HERE, Garmin, Intermap, increment P Corp., GEBCO, USGS,
FAO, NPS, NRCAN, GeoBase, IGN, Kadaster NL, Ordnance Survey, Esri Japan,
METI, Esri China (Hong Kong), (c) OpenStreetMap contributors, and the GIS
User Community
Page 3 of 3